diff options
| author | obrien <obrien@FreeBSD.org> | 1997-04-03 11:16:57 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | obrien <obrien@FreeBSD.org> | 1997-04-03 11:16:57 +0000 |
| commit | 6a670141fde87f69cc7afe35f5f05e4c04bd37be (patch) | |
| tree | eb3c0ee13981c16909d10acbcd1d4231d00f8a36 /gnu/usr.bin/cpio | |
| parent | 6726863a70057c4a9ee8e37833a0938b60193aff (diff) | |
| download | FreeBSD-src-6a670141fde87f69cc7afe35f5f05e4c04bd37be.zip FreeBSD-src-6a670141fde87f69cc7afe35f5f05e4c04bd37be.tar.gz | |
Make way for FreeBSD files with CPIO bits in src/contrib/cpio
Diffstat (limited to 'gnu/usr.bin/cpio')
43 files changed, 0 insertions, 11621 deletions
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/COPYING b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/COPYING deleted file mode 100644 index a43ea21..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/COPYING +++ /dev/null @@ -1,339 +0,0 @@ - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 2, June 1991 - - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your -freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public -License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free -software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This -General Public License applies to most of the Free Software -Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to -using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by -the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it -if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it -in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you -distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that -you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the -source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their -rights. - - We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and -(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, -distribute and/or modify the software. - - Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we -want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so -that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original -authors' reputations. - - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free -program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the -program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any -patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - - 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains -a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed -under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, -refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" -means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: -that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, -either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another -language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in -the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". - -Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not -covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of -running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program -is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the -Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). -Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - - 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's -source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you -conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate -copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the -notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; -and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License -along with the Program. - -You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and -you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - - 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion -of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and -distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 -above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices - stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - - b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in - whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any - part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third - parties under the terms of this License. - - c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively - when run, you must cause it, when started running for such - interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an - announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a - notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide - a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under - these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this - License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but - does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on - the Program is not required to print an announcement.) - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If -identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, -and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in -themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those -sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you -distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based -on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of -this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the -entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest -your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to -exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or -collective works based on the Program. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program -with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of -a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under -the scope of this License. - - 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, -under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of -Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: - - a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable - source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections - 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - - b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three - years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your - cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete - machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be - distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium - customarily used for software interchange; or, - - c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer - to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is - allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you - received the program in object code or executable form with such - an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) - -The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for -making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source -code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any -associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to -control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a -special exception, the source code distributed need not include -anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary -form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the -operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component -itself accompanies the executable. - -If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering -access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent -access to copy the source code from the same place counts as -distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not -compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - - 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program -except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt -otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - - 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not -signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or -distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are -prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by -modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the -Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and -all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying -the Program or works based on it. - - 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the -Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the -original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to -these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further -restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. -You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to -this License. - - 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent -infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), -conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot -distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you -may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent -license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by -all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then -the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to -refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under -any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to -apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other -circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any -patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any -such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the -integrity of the free software distribution system, which is -implemented by public license practices. Many people have made -generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed -through that system in reliance on consistent application of that -system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing -to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot -impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to -be a consequence of the rest of this License. - - 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in -certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the -original copyright holder who places the Program under this License -may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding -those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among -countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates -the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - - 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program -specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any -later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions -either of that version or of any later version published by the Free -Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of -this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software -Foundation. - - 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free -programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author -to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free -Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes -make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals -of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and -of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. - - NO WARRANTY - - 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY -FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN -OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES -PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED -OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS -TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE -PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, -REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR -REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, -INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING -OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY -YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER -PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - -If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this -when it starts in an interactive mode: - - Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author - Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may -be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be -mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. - -You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your -school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if -necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: - - Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program - `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. - - <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 - Ty Coon, President of Vice - -This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into -proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may -consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the -library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General -Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/COPYING.LIB b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/COPYING.LIB deleted file mode 100644 index eb685a5..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/COPYING.LIB +++ /dev/null @@ -1,481 +0,0 @@ - GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 2, June 1991 - - Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - -[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is - numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.] - - Preamble - - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your -freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public -Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change -free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. - - This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some -specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any -other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for -your libraries, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it -if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it -in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if -you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it. - - For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis -or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave -you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source -code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide -complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them -with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling -it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. - - Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright -the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal -permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. - - Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we -want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original -version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on -the original authors' reputations. - - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free -software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect -transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, -we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's -free use or not licensed at all. - - Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary -GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This -license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain -designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary -one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is -the same as in the ordinary license. - - The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that -they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a -program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without -changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is -analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in -a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a -derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License -treats it as such. - - Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General -Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software -sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We -concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better. - - However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the -users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the -libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to -permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while -preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free -libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve -this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards -changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this -will lead to faster development of free libraries. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a -"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The -former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only -works together with the library. - - Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary -General Public License rather than by this special one. - - GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - - 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which -contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized -party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library -General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is -addressed as "you". - - A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data -prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs -(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. - - The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work -which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the -Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under -copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a -portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated -straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is -included without limitation in the term "modification".) - - "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for -making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means -all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated -interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation -and installation of the library. - - Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not -covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of -running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from -such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based -on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for -writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does -and what the program that uses the Library does. - - 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's -complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that -you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an -appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact -all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any -warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the -Library. - - You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, -and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a -fee. - - 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion -of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and -distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 -above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) The modified work must itself be a software library. - - b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices - stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - - c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no - charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. - - d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a - table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses - the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility - is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, - in the event an application does not supply such function or - table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of - its purpose remains meaningful. - - (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has - a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the - application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any - application-supplied function or table used by this function must - be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square - root function must still compute square roots.) - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If -identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, -and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in -themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those -sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you -distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based -on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of -this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the -entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote -it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest -your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to -exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or -collective works based on the Library. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library -with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of -a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under -the scope of this License. - - 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public -License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do -this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so -that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, -instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the -ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify -that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in -these notices. - - Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for -that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all -subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. - - This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of -the Library into a program that is not a library. - - 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or -derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form -under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany -it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which -must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a -medium customarily used for software interchange. - - If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy -from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the -source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to -distribute the source code, even though third parties are not -compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - - 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the -Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or -linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a -work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and -therefore falls outside the scope of this License. - - However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library -creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it -contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the -library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. -Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. - - When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file -that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a -derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. -Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be -linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The -threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. - - If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data -structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline -functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object -file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative -work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the -Library will still fall under Section 6.) - - Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may -distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. -Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, -whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. - - 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or -link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a -work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work -under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit -modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse -engineering for debugging such modifications. - - You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the -Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by -this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work -during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the -copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference -directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one -of these things: - - a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding - machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever - changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under - Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked - with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that - uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the - user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified - executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood - that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the - Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application - to use the modified definitions.) - - b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at - least three years, to give the same user the materials - specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more - than the cost of performing this distribution. - - c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy - from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above - specified materials from the same place. - - d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these - materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. - - For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the -Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for -reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, -the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally -distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major -components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on -which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies -the executable. - - It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license -restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally -accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot -use both them and the Library together in an executable that you -distribute. - - 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the -Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library -facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined -library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on -the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise -permitted, and provided that you do these two things: - - a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work - based on the Library, uncombined with any other library - facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the - Sections above. - - b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact - that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining - where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. - - 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute -the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any -attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or -distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your -rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, -or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses -terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. - - 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not -signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or -distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are -prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by -modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the -Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and -all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying -the Library or works based on it. - - 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the -Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the -original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library -subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further -restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. -You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to -this License. - - 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent -infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), -conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot -distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you -may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent -license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by -all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then -the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to -refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any -particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, -and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any -patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any -such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the -integrity of the free software distribution system which is -implemented by public license practices. Many people have made -generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed -through that system in reliance on consistent application of that -system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing -to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot -impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to -be a consequence of the rest of this License. - - 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in -certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the -original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add -an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, -so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus -excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if -written in the body of this License. - - 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new -versions of the Library General Public License from time to time. -Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, -but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library -specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and -"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and -conditions either of that version or of any later version published by -the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a -license version number, you may choose any version ever published by -the Free Software Foundation. - - 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free -programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, -write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is -copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free -Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our -decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status -of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing -and reuse of software generally. - - NO WARRANTY - - 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO -WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. -EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR -OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY -KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE -LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME -THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN -WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY -AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU -FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR -CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE -LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING -RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A -FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF -SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGES. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries - - If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that -everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting -redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the -ordinary General Public License). - - To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is -safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the -"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this library; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - -You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your -school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if -necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: - - Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the - library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. - - <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990 - Ty Coon, President of Vice - -That's all there is to it! diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/ChangeLog b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index 9b18d4f..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,781 +0,0 @@ -Mon Jul 5 14:54:08 1993 John Oleynick (juo@spiff.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * cpio.1: Updated man page for 2.3. - * Makefile.in: Create distribution with .gz extension, instead of .z. - -Tue Jun 29 18:54:37 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * Makefile.in: Added installdirs target (using mkinstalldirs). - * Added mkinstalldirs script. - * main.c, mt.c: Added --help option. Changed usage() to - take a stream and exit value (so --help can print on stdout - and return a 0 exit status). - * extern.h: Removed usage()'s prototype (it was out of date, - and only used in main.c). - -Thu May 6 00:22:22 1993 John Oleynick (juo@hal.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * cpio.1: Added hpbin and hpodc. - -Tue May 4 00:32:29 1993 John Oleynick (juo@hal.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copypass.c (process_copy_pass): When - deleting an existing file, if the file is a directory, use rmdir() - instead of unlink(). - -Thu Apr 29 14:43:56 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * tar.c (read_in_tar_header): Clear non-protection bits from - mode, in case tar has left some device bits in there. - -Wed Apr 28 10:36:53 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * util.c: Added code to try and work around broken tape drivers - that have problems with tapes > 2Gb. - - * copyout.c (process_copy_out): Pass file_hdr to - writeout_other_defers() and add_link_defer() by reference, - not by value. - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in): Pass file_hdr to defer_copyin() - and create_defered_links() by reference, not by value. - - * defer.c: include <sys/types.h> (to build on BSD 4.3 on HP300) - -Fri Apr 16 18:01:17 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * mt.c, util.c: Include <sys/mtio.h> if HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H is - defined, not HAVE_MTIO_H. - -Wed Apr 14 17:37:46 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * util.c: Include <sys/io/trioctl.h> if HAVE_SYS_IO_TRIOCTL_H - is defined. - - * mt.c: Only include <sys/mtio.h> if HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H is defined. - -Fri Apr 2 13:09:11 1993 John Oleynick (juo@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * configure.in: Added fnmatch to AC_REPLACE_FUNCS. Added - sys/io/trioctl.h to AC_HAVE_HEADERS. - - * Makefile.in: Removed fnmatch.o from OBJS. - - * copyin.c: Only include "fnmatch.h" if FNM_PATHNAME isn't - defined yet. - - * mt.c: Include <sys/io/trioctl.h> if HAVE_SYS_IO_TRIOCTL_H is - defined. - -Mon Mar 29 17:04:06 1993 John Oleynick (juo@hal.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * Many changes for supporting HPUX Context Dependent Files; - also some bug fixes to fix problems with multiply (hard) linked - device files; minor changes to support HPUX format archives - (slightly broken?) System V.4 posix tar archives and HPUX - posix tar archives. - - * Makefile.in: New files defer.o, defer,c and defer.h; added - -DSYMLINK_USES_UMASK and -DHPUX_CDF comments; changed dist rule - to use gzip with tar, instead of compress. - - * copyin.c: changes for new arf_hpbinary and arf_hpascii formats; - HPUX CDF's; DEBUG_CPIO; fixes to properly handle multiple - links in newc and crc format archives (new routines defer_copyin(), - create_defered_links(), create_final_defers()); move most - multiple (hard) link code to new routines link_name() and - link_to_maj_min_ino(); use new macro UMASKED_SYMLINK instead of - symlink(). - - * copyout.c: fixes to properly handle multiple links in newc - and crc format archives (new routines last_link(), - count_defered_links_to_dev_ino(), add_link_defer(), - writeout_other_defers(), writeout_final_defers(), - writeout_defered_file()); support for new arf_hpbinary and - arf_hpascii formats; support for HPUX CDF's. - - * copypass.c: move most multiple link code to new routines - link_name() and link_to_maj_min_ino(); use new macro UMASKED_SYMLINK - instead of symlink(); support for HPUX CDF's. - - * extern.h: added arf_hpascii and arf_hpbinary archive enum types; - added debug_flag. - - * global.c: added debug_flag. - - * main.c: added debug_flag; support for hpodc and hpbin formats. - - * makepath.c: split from standard makpath.c to add support - for HPUX CDF's. - - * mt.c: added !defined(__osf__) (from Andrew Marquis - <amarquis@genome.wi.mit.edu>). - - * system.h: new macro UMASKED_SYMLINK - - * tar.c: minor changes to read (slightly broken?) System V.4 posix - tar archives and HPUX posix tar archives. - - * util.c: HPUX CDF support (including new routines - add_cdf_double_slashes() and islasparentcdf()); new routine - umasked_symlink(). - -Sun Mar 14 23:00:14 1993 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com) - - * copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Use <=, not just <, when comparing - mtimes. From Pieter Bowman <bowman@math.utah.edu>. - -Fri Jan 15 14:35:37 1993 David J. MacKenzie (djm@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c: Move include of fnmatch.h to get right FNM* macros. - -Tue Nov 24 08:45:32 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * Version 2.2. - - * copyout.c (process_copy_out): Add parens for gcc -Wall. - From Jim Meyering. - - * system.h: Use HAVE_FCNTL_H, not USG. - - * dstring.c, mt.c, system.h: Use HAVE_STRING_H, not USG. - -Fri Nov 20 22:47:18 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c (read_in_binary): Copy the dev and ino that are - already in `file_hdr' into `short_hdr'. - From dao@abars.att.com (David A Oshinsky). - - * system.h [!_POSIX_VERSION]: Declare lseek as off_t, not long. - From Karl Berry. - -Wed Oct 14 13:53:41 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * Version 2.1. - -Tue Oct 13 22:51:34 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * main.c: Add --swap equivalent to -b. - - * mt.c: Add f_force_local variable and -V --version option. - -Fri Oct 2 18:42:27 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * main.c (long_opts, usage): Add --force-local option. - -Thu Oct 1 23:23:43 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * main.c (process_args) [__MSDOS__]: Don't call geteuid. - - * copyin.c (read_in_{old,new}_ascii): Use `l' for sscanf into longs. - * copyout.c (write_out_header): Ditto for sprintf. - * global.c, extern.h: Make input_size and output_size long. - -Thu Sep 10 23:39:30 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * global.c, extern.h: Add new var f_force_local to work with - rmt.h change from tar. - -Sun Aug 23 00:18:20 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * Version 2.0. - - * tar.c (otoa): Compute value in an unsigned long, not an int. - * copyout.c (write_out_header) [__MSDOS__]: Don't use dev_t. - - * main.c (process_args): By default, don't chown for non-root users. - -Sat Aug 22 14:17:54 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * global.c, extern.h: Use uid_t and gid_t. - - * main.c (main) [__EMX__]: Expand wildcards. - * system.h [__EMX__]: Alias some error names. From Kai Uwe Rommel. - - * extern.h [__STDC__]: Use prototypes. - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out), - copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Open all files with O_BINARY. - Add cast to chmod call. - * util.c: Add cast to bcopy calls. Make hash_insert static. - From Kai Uwe Rommel. - -Thu Aug 20 22:03:49 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * util.c (peek_in_buf): Don't print "end of file" before - getting the next reel of medium. - - * copyin.c (read_in_old_ascii): Allocate space for NUL terminator. - Print newline for dot line when done, even if appending. - -Thu Jul 23 16:34:53 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * tar.c (write_out_tar_header, read_in_tar_header) - [__MSDOS__]: Don't try to get user and group names. - * extern.h: Don't declare the functions to do it (need uid_t). - - * main.c [__MSDOS__]: Ignore the -R option. - - * system.h: Define makedev if defining major and minor. - - * copyin.c, copyout.c [__MSDOS__]: setmode on archive_des, not - 0 and 1. - -Sat Jul 18 14:30:55 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * tar.c, stripslash.c, userspec.c, cpiohdr.h, tar.h, tarhdr.h, - system.h: New files. - * Move portability stuff from various files to system.h. - * cpio.h: Rename header structure and members, and add - new structure for SVR4 format. - * copyin.c, copyout.c: Use the new structure internally, the - old one only for I/O in the old formats. - * copyin.c (read_in_header): Recognize the new archive formats. - (read_in_new_ascii, read_pattern_file, skip_padding): New functions. - (swab_array): Do the swapping using char pointers instead of - bitwise arithmetic. - (process_copy_in): Handle byte and halfword swapping and new formats. - Ok if a directory we want to make already exists, but set its perms. - Do chmod after chown to fix any set[ug]id bits. - Use `struct utimbuf' instead of a long array. - * copyout.c (write_out_header): Handle new formats. - (process_copy_out): Use `struct utimbuf'. - Handle appending and new formats. - Remove any leading `./' from filenames. - (read_for_checksum, clear_rest_of_block, pad_output): New functions. - * copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Use `struct utimbuf'. - Ok if a directory we want to make already exists, but set its perms. - Do chmod after chown to fix any set[ug]id bits. - Don't change perms of `.'. - * extern.h, global.c: Replace the separate format flags with - one variable. Add new variables for the new options. - * main.c: Add new options -A --append, -H --format, -C --io-size, - -M --message, --no-preserve-owner, -R --owner, -E --pattern-file, - -V --dot, -s --swap-bytes, -S --swap-halfwords, -b, -I, -k, -O. - (usage): Document them. - (process_args): Recognize them. Use open_archive. - (initialize_buffers): Allow room for tar archives and double buffers. - * util.c (empty_output_buffer_swap): New function. - (empty_output_buffer): Call it if swapping current file. - Check additional end of media indicators. - (swahw_array, peek_in_buf, prepare_append, open_archive, - set_new_media_message): New functions. - (fill_input_buffer): Don't print error message if end of media. - (toss_input): Don't seek, always read. - (copy_files): Update crc if needed. - (find_inode_file, add_inode): Check major and minor numbers as - well as dev. - (get_next_reel): Prompt user if archive name is unknown. - Print fancy messages. - Close the archive and reopen it. - - Above primarily from John Oleynick <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>. - - * util.c (find_inode_file): Use modulus when computing initial - loop index. - (add_inode): Zero out new entry. - From scott@sctc.com (Scott Hammond). - - * cpio.h, copyin.c, copyout.c: Rename `struct cpio_header' - members from h_foo to c_foo. - -Wed May 20 00:09:26 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c: If we include a header file specifically to get - major et al., assume we have them. - -Mon Mar 9 19:29:20 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * mt.c (main): rmtclose the tape file descriptor. - - * main.c (main): rmtclose the archive, if not in copy-pass mode. - - * util.c (create_all_directories): Don't print a message when - creating a directory, for UNIX compat. - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copypass.c (process_copy_pass): - Skip file if it has the same timestamp as existing file, not just - if it is older than existing file, for UNIX compat. - -Tue Mar 3 12:06:58 1992 David J. MacKenzie (djm@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * main.c, mt.c (usage): Document long options as starting with - -- instead of +. - - * extern.h: Only declare lseek if not _POSIX_VERSION. - -Tue Dec 24 00:19:45 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c: Use MAJOR_IN_MKDEV and MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS instead - of USG and _POSIX_VERSION to find major and minor macros. - - * mt.c: Use unistd.h and stdlib.h if available. - - * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, util.c, extern.h: Change - POSIX ifdefs to HAVE_UNISTD_H and _POSIX_VERSION. - -Sun Aug 25 06:31:08 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) - - * Version 1.5. - - * bcopy.c: New file (moved from util.c). - - * mt.c (print_status): Not all hpux machines have mt_fileno - and mt_blkno; rather than trying to track HP's product line, - just assume none of them have them. - - * util.c (copy_buf_out, copy_in_buf): Use more efficient - copying technique for a big speedup. - -Fri Aug 2 04:06:45 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) - - * configure: Support +srcdir. Create config.status. - Remove it and Makefile if interrupted while creating them. - -Thu Jul 18 09:43:40 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * Many files: use __MSDOS__ instead of MSDOS. - - * util.c, configure: Use NO_MTIO instead of HAVE_MTIO, to keep - up with tar and rtapelib.c. - -Mon Jul 15 13:45:30 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * configure: Also look in sys/signal.h for signal decl. - -Thu Jul 11 01:50:32 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * Version 1.4. - - * configure: Remove /etc and /usr/etc from PATH to avoid - finding /etc/install. - -Wed Jul 10 01:40:07 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * makefile.pc: Rewrite for Turbo C 2.0. - * util.c [__TURBOC__] (utime): New function. - * alloca.c, tcexparg.c: New files. - - * extern.h [STDC_HEADERS]: Don't declare malloc and realloc. - - * main.c [MSDOS]: Make binary mode the default. - * copyin.c, copyout.c: Make stdin or stdout binary mode as - appropriate (so cpio archives don't get corrupted). - - * Many files: Use <string.h> if STDC_HEADERS as well as if USG. - - * configure, Makefile.in: $(INSTALLPROG) -> $(INSTALL), - $(INSTALLTEXT) -> $(INSTALLDATA). - -Mon Jul 8 23:18:28 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * configure: For some library functions that might be missing, - conditionally add the .o files to Makefile instead of - defining func_MISSING. - * mkdir.c: Renamed from mkrmdir.c. - -Sat Jul 6 02:27:22 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * configure: echo messages to stdout, not stderr. - Use a test program to see if alloca needs -lPW. - -Thu Jun 27 16:15:15 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out), - copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Check close return value for - delayed error notification because of NFS. - -Thu Jun 20 02:43:33 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * configure: Include $DEFS when compiling test programs. - - * util.c: Only declare getpwuid and getgrgid if not POSIX. - - * Version 1.3. - - * copyin.c: Use time_t, not long, for time values. - - * mt.c (print_status): Special cases for HP-UX and Ultrix. - - * util.c: Compile bcopy if USG or STDC_HEADERS, not BCOPY_MISSING. - -Tue Jun 11 16:40:02 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c: Don't include sys/sysmacros.h if _POSIX_SOURCE. - - * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c: Don't include sys/file.h if POSIX. - - * util.c: Include sys/types.h before, not after, pwd.h and grp.h. - - * configure: New shell script to aid configuration and create - Makefile from Makefile.in. - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in): Use POSIX.2 fnmatch instead of - glob_match. - -Mon Jun 10 22:11:19 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * global.c, extern.h: New variable, name_end. - * main.c (process_args, usage): Add -0 +null option to set it. - * copypass.c (process_copy_pass), copyout.c (process_copy_out): - Use it. - - * dstring.c (ds_fgetstr): New function made from ds_fgets. - (ds_fgets, ds_fgetname): Implement as front ends to ds_fgetstr. - -Sun Jun 2 15:45:24 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wheat-chex) - - * most files: use GPL version 2. - -Sat May 18 11:39:22 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c, copypass.c: Take out #ifdef MSDOS around chown. - * util.c [MSDOS]: Provide dummy chown. - -Fri May 17 21:29:05 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) - - * Version 1.2. - - * makefile.pc, cpio.cs: Update for new source and object files. - -Fri Mar 15 05:48:36 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.ai.mit.edu) - - * global.c, extern.h: New variable `archive_desc'. - * main.c (process_args): Set it. - * copyout.c (process_copy_out), copyin.c (process_copy_in): - Use it. - - * copyout.c (process_copy_out), copyin.c (process_copy_in): - Remote tapes are special and not seekable; don't fstat them. - - * main.c (main, usage): Add -F, +file option. Use rmtopen. - (main): Exit after printing version number. - * util.c (empty_output_buffer): Use rmtwrite instead of write. - (fill_input_buffer): Use rmtread instead of read. - (tape_offline): Use rmtioctl instead of ioctl. - Test HAVE_MTIO instead of MTIO_MISSING, for tar compatibility. - -Thu Mar 14 17:49:57 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.ai.mit.edu) - - * util.c (create_all_directories): Use make_path to do the work. - -Sat Jan 12 15:32:15 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at geech.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, util.c: Only declare - `errno' if not MSDOS. Some Unix errno.h do, some don't . . . . - - * global.c, extern.h: Make `input_size' and `output_size' - unsigned, for 16 bit machines. - - * copyin.c (print_name_with_quoting): All non-ctrl chars are - printable on MS-DOS. - - * util.c (empty_output_buffer): Never make sparse files; - can create unrunnable executables. - * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c: Callers changed. - * util.c (finish_output_file): Function removed. - -Tue Nov 6 15:47:16 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) - - * copyin.c, util.c, extern.h: Rename copystring to xstrdup. - -Mon Oct 29 02:24:41 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) - - * util.c (empty_output_buffer): Only make sparse files if - NO_SPARSE_FILES is undefined, to accomodate dumb kernels. - -Wed Jul 25 18:48:35 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) - - * util.c (getuser, getgroup): Make uid and gid unsigned short, - not int. - -Sat Jul 21 00:44:44 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) - - * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, util.c, cpio.h: Add ifdefs - for MSDOS. - -Sun Jul 15 23:51:48 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, global.c, extern.h, util.c: - Use longs where appropriate, for 16 bit machines. - -Sun Jul 8 22:58:06 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) - - * main.c (process_args, usage): Change -b option to -O (old), to - allow adding byte swapping later. - -Sat Jul 7 14:48:35 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd) - - * Version 1.1. - - * cpio.h: Make `mtime' and `filesize' unsigned long. - * copyin.c (read_in_binary), copyout.c (write_out_header): - High short-word of `mtime' and `filesize' always comes first. - - * (read_in_ascii, read_in_binary): New functions, from code in - read_in_header. - (read_in_header): Search for valid magic number, then fill in - rest of header using read_in_ascii and read_in_binary. - * global.c, extern.h: New variable, `binary_flag'. - * main.c (process_args): Recognize new -b +binary option. - * util.c [BCOPY_MISSING] (bcopy): New function. - -Wed Jul 4 00:40:58 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) - - * main.c (process_args): Add local pointers to functions to - work around a pcc bug found on a Convex. - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), util.c (toss_input, - create_all_directories, add_inode): Don't use `index' as a - variable name. - -Tue Jul 3 02:33:36 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) - - * version 1.0. - -Mon Jul 2 23:18:56 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at twiddle) - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out), - copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Print "1 block", not "1 blocks". - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copypass.c (process_copy_pass): - Unlink existing dest. file unless either it is newer and - not unconditional, or it is a directory. - -Mon Jul 2 03:57:41 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd) - - * util.c (xrealloc): New function. - * dstring.c (ds_resize): Use xrealloc instead of free and - xmalloc. Never shrink the string. - - * copypass.c (process_copy_pass): More efficient - string handling while constructing output filename. - - * global.c, extern.h, main.c, cpio.h: Change from an enum, - `copy_command', to a pointer to a void function, `copy_function'. - - * cpio.h (struct cpio_header): Make most fields unsigned. - Rename h_filesize to h_filesizes and h_mtime to h_mtimes, and - add new `long' fields with the old names at the end of the - structure. - * copyin.c (read_in_header): Set the long fields from the - short arrays, making sure longs are aligned properly. - (process_copy_in, long_format): Use the long fields. - * copyout.c (write_out_header): Set the short arrays from the - long fields, making sure longs are aligned properly. - (process_copy_out): Use the long fields. - - * global.c, extern.h: New variable `output_is_seekable'. - * util.c (empty_output_buffer): If output_is_seekable, use - lseek to write blocks of zeros. - (finish_output_file): New function. - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out), - copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Set `output_is_seekable' - correctly and call finish_output_file. - * main.c (initialize_buffers): Allocate space for sentinel in - `output_buffer'. - - * global.c, extern.h: New variable `numeric_uid'. - * main.c (process_args): Accept -n +numeric-uid-gid option, like ls. - * copyin.c (long_format): Use numeric_uid. - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out), - copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Don't (for verbose) print the - names of files that are not copied because of errors. Try to - create missing directories for all file types. Free temporary - buffers on error. - -Sat Jun 30 14:28:45 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at apple-gunkies) - - * version.c: New file. - * main.c: Add -V, +version option. - * Makefile [dist]: Extract version number from version.c. - -Sat Jun 30 12:44:47 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd) - - * global.c, extern.h, copyin.c, copyout.c, util.c: Rename - `{input,output}_is_regular' to `{input,output}_is_special' and - reverse the truth value. - - * global.c, extern.h: New variable `input_is_seekable' to - control whether to skip data with lseek or read. - * copyin.c (process_copy_in): Set it. - * util.c (toss_input): Use it. - - * global.c, extern.h: New variable `xstat' that selects stat - or lstat for input files. - * main.c (process_args): New option -L, +dereference to set - xstat to stat instead of lstat. - (usage): Document it. - * copyout.c (process_copy_out), copypass.c - (process_copy_pass): Use *xstat on input file. - -Sat Jun 30 01:53:12 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd) - - * dstring.c (ds_init): Return void because return value was - never used. - (ds_resize): Ditto, and free old value instead of new one. - - * util.c (empty_output_buffer, fill_input_buffer, - copy_out_buf, copy_in_buf, toss_input, copy_files): Return - void instead of an error value and make errors fatal - immediately instead of several levels up, to prevent printing - of multiple error messages by different levels of functions. - - * copyin.c (read_in_header): Return void, because the error - handling all happens at lower levels. - (print_name_with_quoting): New function. - (long_format): Call print_name_with_quoting. Take additional - arg for name of linked-to file, and print it if nonzero. - (process_copy_in): For verbose listing of symlinks, read in - the linkname and pass it to long_format. - - * extern.h: Declare some more functions. - -Thu Jun 28 16:07:15 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd) - - * copypass.c (process_copy_pass): Warn about unknown file types. - - * copyout.c (process_copy_out): Check fstat return for error. - Record filesize of 0 for special files. Warn about unknown - file types. - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in): Warn about unknown file types. - (read_in_header): Warn about byte-reversed binary headers. - -Sat Jun 23 22:50:45 1990 David J. MacKenzie (dave at edfmd) - - * main.c (main): Set umask to 0 so permissions of created - files are preserved. - - * copyin.c, copyout.c, copypass.c, util.c: Pass file - descriptors as ints, not pointers to ints. - Cast file timestamps and sizes to long *, not int *, for 16 - bit machines. - Use lstat instead of stat, if available. - Handle FIFO's, sockets, and symlinks, if supported by O.S. - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copyout.c (process_copy_out): - Don't consider FIFO'S, sockets, etc. to be possible tape drives. - - * util.c (create_all_directories): Fix incorrect loop - termination check. Only copy string if it contains slashes. - Don't check whether directory "" exists. - (tape_offline): Code moved from get_next_reel. - (get_next_reel): Print message before taking tape offline. - Read a line of arbitrary length. - - * copyout.c, copyin.c, copypass.c: Always use utime, not utimes. - - * copyin.c (swab_short): New macro. - (swab_array): New function. - (read_in_header): In binary mode, if a byte-swapped header is - read, swap the bytes back. - (process_copy_in, process_copy_pass): Don't stat each file to - create unless !unconditional_flag. Create device files correctly. - Don't temporarily allow files being created to be read by - other users. Don't unnecessarily chmod special files. - -Thu May 31 20:51:43 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) - - * copyin.c (long_format): Use mode_string to format - file protections instead of doing it ourselves. - (protections): Function removed. - -Sat Apr 14 02:31:01 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) - - * cpio.h (struct cpio_header): Make inode, mode, uid, gid - fields unsigned. - - * util.c (getgroup): New function. - * copyin.c (long_format): Print group name of files. - Print file size, etc. as unsigned integers, not signed. - - * main.c (process_args): If -t is given and neither -i, -o, or - -p is given, assume -i. - - * Add -f, +nonmatching option. - * main.c: Rename +out to +create, +in to +extract, - +modification-time to +preserve-modification-time, - +pass to +pass-through. - - * copyin.c (process_copy_in), copypass.c (process_copy_pass): - Don't complain in chown fails because the user doesn't have - permission. - -Fri Apr 13 13:53:20 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) - - * Add ifdefs for USG/Xenix. - * util.c (cpio_error): Function removed. - * Use error instead of cpio_error, so system error messages - will be included. - * cpio.h: Rename 'hdr_struct' to 'struct cpio_header'. - * Move definition of xmalloc from dstring.c to util.c. - * global.c, extern.c: Add global `program_name'. - * main.c (main): Set program_name. - (process_args): Rename +reset-atime to +reset-access-time, - +table to +list. - Have +block-size take an argument. - -Thu Apr 12 13:33:32 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at rice-chex) - - * util.c (find_inode_file): Make inode an int, not a short. - - * Make functions that don't return a value have type void. - Add some casts to function calls. - -Wed Apr 11 14:55:28 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) - - * main.c (process_args): -i, -o, and -p don't take arguments. - - * main.c (process_args): Get the non-option args from the - correct elements of argv. - -Tue Apr 10 00:20:26 1990 David J. MacKenzie (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu) - - * Indent source code and update copyrights. - - * cpio.c (usage): Change `collection' to `archive' in message. - -Thu Dec 28 03:03:55 1989 David J. MacKenzie (djm at hobbes.ai.mit.edu) - - * dstring.c (xmalloc): Don't return a null pointer if size is 0, - on the assumption that trying to allocate 0 bytes is a bug that - should be trapped. - -Wed Dec 20 03:24:48 1989 David J. MacKenzie (djm at hobbes.ai.mit.edu) - - * All files: Change from GNU CPIO General Public License to - GNU General Public License. - -Mon Dec 18 13:18:36 1989 David J. MacKenzie (djm at hobbes.ai.mit.edu) - - * Makefile: Add clean target and defines for CC and LDFLAGS. - Add dist target and SRCS, DISTFILES macros. Add tags and TAGS targets. - * dstring.c (ds_fgets): Read characters into an int, not char. - (xmalloc): New function. - (out_of_memory): Function removed. - Global: use xmalloc instead of malloc and out_of_memory. - * extern.h, global.c: Make flag variables ints instead of chars for - compatibility with getopt_long. - * extern.h: Declare more functions. - * main.c (usage): Put the whole usage message into a single string - and fix errors. - * util.c (create_all_directories): Remove unused variable. - (get_next_reel): Ditto. - * dstring.h: Declare function. - -Sat Dec 2 13:22:37 1989 David J. MacKenzie (djm at hobbes.ai.mit.edu) - - * main.c: Change +copy-pass option to +pass, +copy-in to +in, - +copy-out to +out, and +mkdir to +make-directories, and add null - option to terminate table. - (process_args): Use the same code to handle long and short named - options. - (usage): Mention long options in message. - -Local Variables: -mode: indented-text -left-margin: 8 -version-control: never -End: diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/Makefile b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 5853ed4..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -PROG= cpio -CFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR} -DRETSIGTYPE=void -DHAVE_SYS_MTIO_H=1 -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_UNISTD_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_FCNTL_H=1 -DHAVE_UTIME_H=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -DHAVE_VPRINTF=1 -DDIRENT=1 -DHAVE_LCHOWN - -SRCS = copyin.c copyout.c copypass.c defer.c dstring.c global.c \ - main.c tar.c util.c error.c filemode.c getopt.c getopt1.c \ - version.c \ - rtapelib.c dirname.c idcache.c makepath.c xmalloc.c stripslash.c \ - userspec.c xstrdup.c - -.include <bsd.prog.mk> diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/NEWS b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/NEWS deleted file mode 100644 index 2648c84..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/NEWS +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ - -Major changes in version 2.3: - -* in newc and crc format archives, only store 1 copy of multiply linked files -* handle multiply linked devices properly -* handle multiply linked files with cpio -pl even when the source and - destination are on different file systems -* support HPUX Context Dependent Files -* read and write HPUX cpio archives -* read System V.4 POSIX tar archives and HPUX POSIX tar archives -* use rmdir, instead of unlink, to delete existing directories - -Major changes in version 2.2: - -* handle link counts correctly when reading binary cpio archives -* configure checks for some libraries that SVR4 needs - -Major changes in version 2.1: - -* cpio can access remote non-device files as well as remote devices -* fix bugs in the MS-DOS port -* add --swap equivalent to -b option - -Version 2.0 adds the following features: - -Support for the SVR4 cpio formats, which can store inodes >65535, and -for traditional and POSIX tar archives. Also adds these options: - --A --append append to instead of replacing the archive --V --dot print a dot for each file processed --H --format select archive format --C --io-size select I/O block size in bytes --M --message print a message at end of media volumes ---no-preserve-owner don't change files' owners when extracting --R --owner set files' owners when extracting --E --pattern-file list of shell filename patterns to process --s --swap-bytes handle byte-order differences when extracting files --S --swap-halfwords ditto --b like -sS --I input archive filename --k recognize corrupted archives (we alawys do it, though) --O output archive filename - -Some options of previous versions have been renamed in 2.0: - ---binary was replaced by --format=bin ---portability was replaced by --format=odc - -Some options have changed meaning in 2.0, for SVR4 compatibility: - --O used to select the binary archive format, now selects the output file --V used to print the version number, now prints a dot for each file - -Version 2.0 also fixes several bugs in the handling of files with -multiple links and of multi-volume archives on floppy disks. diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/README b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/README deleted file mode 100644 index 83b5228..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -This is GNU cpio, a program to manage archives of files. -As of version 2.0, it supports the features of the System V release 4 -cpio, including support for tar archives. - -The main advantages of GNU cpio over Unix versions are: - -* It can access tape drives on other hosts using TCP/IP. - -* `-o' and `-p' can copy symbolic links either as symbolic links or, -with `-L', as the files they point to. - -* `-i' automatically recognizes the archive format and tries to -recover from corrupted archives. - -* The output of '-itv' looks like 'ls -l'. - -* It accepts long-named options as well as traditional -single-character options. - -A few features of other versions of cpio are missing from GNU cpio, including: - -* The `-6' option to support Sixth Edition Unix cpio archives with `-i'. - -* An option to limit volume size, like afio -s. - - -GNU cpio supports the POSIX.1 "ustar" tar format. GNU tar supports a -somewhat different, early draft of that format. That draft format has -a slightly different magic number in the tar header and doesn't -include the path prefix part of the header, which allows storing file -names that are longer than 100 characters. GNU cpio knows to -recognize the nonstandard GNU tar "ustar" archives. - -The following patch to GNU tar 1.11.1 makes GNU tar recognize standard -"ustar" archives, such as GNU cpio produces, except that it won't use -the path prefix. Without this patch, GNU tar thinks that standard -"ustar" archives are old-format tar archives and can not use the extra -information that "ustar" format contains. If you use this patch, -remember that you will lose the beginnings of paths that are longer -than 100 characters. That's why it's not an official part of GNU tar. -(Adding support for the path prefix to GNU tar is not trivial.) - ---- list.c.orig Mon Sep 14 17:04:03 1992 -+++ list.c Wed Oct 14 14:02:28 1992 -@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ - st->st_ctime = from_oct(1+12, header->header.ctime); - } - -- if (0==strcmp(header->header.magic, TMAGIC)) { -+ if (0==strncmp(header->header.magic, TMAGIC, 5)) { - /* Unix Standard tar archive */ - *stdp = 1; - if (wantug) { - -Mail suggestions and bug reports for GNU cpio to -bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu. diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/README.FreeBSD b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/README.FreeBSD deleted file mode 100644 index 46e7c89..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/README.FreeBSD +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -GNU cpio 2.3 - originals can be found at: ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu - removed files: - INSTALL cpio.def mkinstalldirs - Makefile.in fnmatch.c mt.1 - argmatch.c fnmatch.h mt.c - bcopy.c makefile.os2 rmt.c - configure makefile.pc strdup.c - configure.in mkdir.c - obrien@FreeBSD.org diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/alloca.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/alloca.c deleted file mode 100644 index c04c0ef..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/alloca.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,475 +0,0 @@ -/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory - (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn - - This implementation of the PWB library alloca function, - which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so - that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, - was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell. - J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support. - - There are some preprocessor constants that can - be defined when compiling for your specific system, for - improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay. - - The general concept of this implementation is to keep - track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any - that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current - invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as - soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually. - - As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without - allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in - your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -/* If compiling with GCC, this file's not needed. */ -#ifndef alloca - -#ifdef emacs -#ifdef static -/* actually, only want this if static is defined as "" - -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static - in order to make unexec workable - */ -#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION -you -lose --- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time -#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */ -#endif /* static */ -#endif /* emacs */ - -/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to - provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */ - -#ifdef CRAY -long i00afunc (); -#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg)) -#else -#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg) -#endif - -#if __STDC__ -typedef void *pointer; -#else -typedef char *pointer; -#endif - -#define NULL 0 - -/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of - malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because - ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other - hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of - them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine. - - Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc. - - Callers below should use malloc. */ - -#ifndef emacs -#define malloc xmalloc -extern pointer xmalloc (); -#endif - -/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack - growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically - deduced at run-time. - - STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses - STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses - STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ - -#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION -#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */ -#endif - -#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0 - -#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */ - -#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */ - -static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */ -#define STACK_DIR stack_dir - -static void -find_stack_direction () -{ - static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */ - auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */ - - if (addr == NULL) - { /* Initial entry. */ - addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy); - - find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */ - } - else - { - /* Second entry. */ - if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr) - stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */ - else - stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */ - } -} - -#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */ - -/* An "alloca header" is used to: - (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks; - (b) keep track of stack depth. - - It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc - alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */ - -#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE -#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double) -#endif - -typedef union hdr -{ - char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */ - struct - { - union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */ - char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */ - } h; -} header; - -static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */ - -/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage, - which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from - the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space - was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the - caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some - implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */ - -pointer -alloca (size) - unsigned size; -{ - auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */ - register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe); - -#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0 - if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */ - find_stack_direction (); -#endif - - /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that - was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */ - - { - register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */ - - for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;) - if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth) - || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth)) - { - register header *np = hp->h.next; - - free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */ - - hp = np; /* -> next header. */ - } - else - break; /* Rest are not deeper. */ - - last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */ - } - - if (size == 0) - return NULL; /* No allocation required. */ - - /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */ - - { - register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size); - /* Address of header. */ - - ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header; - ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth; - - last_alloca_header = (header *) new; - - /* User storage begins just after header. */ - - return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header)); - } -} - -#ifdef CRAY - -#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC -#include <stdio.h> -#endif - -#ifndef CRAY_STACK -#define CRAY_STACK -#ifndef CRAY2 -/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */ -struct stack_control_header - { - long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */ - long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */ - long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */ - long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */ - }; - -/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at - the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack - grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial - part of the stack segment linkage control information is - 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage - for the routine which overflows the stack. */ - -struct stack_segment_linkage - { - long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */ - long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */ - long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */ - long:32; - long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous - segment of stack. */ - long:32; - long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */ - long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for - microtasking. */ - long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */ - long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */ - long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */ - long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */ - long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */ - long ssa0; - long ssa1; - long ssa2; - long ssa3; - long ssa4; - long ssa5; - long ssa6; - long ssa7; - long sss0; - long sss1; - long sss2; - long sss3; - long sss4; - long sss5; - long sss6; - long sss7; - }; - -#else /* CRAY2 */ -/* The following structure defines the vector of words - returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */ -struct stk_stat - { - long now; /* Current total stack size. */ - long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would - be required to satisfy the maximum - stack demand to date. */ - long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */ - long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */ - long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */ - long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */ - long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */ - long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */ - long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */ - long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */ - long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */ - long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */ - long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */ - long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */ - long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This - number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to - include the fifteen word trailer area. */ - long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */ - long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */ - }; - -/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails - any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is - out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */ - -struct stk_trailer - { - long this_address; /* Address of this block. */ - long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include - this trailer). */ - long unknown2; - long unknown3; - long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous - segment. */ - long unknown5; - long unknown6; - long unknown7; - long unknown8; - long unknown9; - long unknown10; - long unknown11; - long unknown12; - long unknown13; - long unknown14; - }; - -#endif /* CRAY2 */ -#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */ - -#ifdef CRAY2 -/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS. - I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */ - -static long -i00afunc (long *address) -{ - struct stk_stat status; - struct stk_trailer *trailer; - long *block, size; - long result = 0; - - /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first - step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this - more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the - $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */ - - STKSTAT (&status); - - /* Set up the iteration. */ - - trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address - + status.current_size - - 15); - - /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is - a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */ - - if (trailer == 0) - abort (); - - /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */ - - while (trailer != 0) - { - block = (long *) trailer->this_address; - size = trailer->this_size; - if (block == 0 || size == 0) - abort (); - trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; - if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size))) - break; - } - - /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes - of all predecessor segments. */ - - result = address - block; - - if (trailer == 0) - { - return result; - } - - do - { - if (trailer->this_size <= 0) - abort (); - result += trailer->this_size; - trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; - } - while (trailer != 0); - - /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one - not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed - from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably - not what you want. */ - - return (result); -} - -#else /* not CRAY2 */ -/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP. - Determine the number of the cell within the stack, - given the address of the cell. The purpose of this - routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses - for alloca. */ - -static long -i00afunc (long address) -{ - long stkl = 0; - - long size, pseg, this_segment, stack; - long result = 0; - - struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr; - - /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the - current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store - your registers on the stack and find that you are past - the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment. - - B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control - area, which is what we are really interested in. */ - - stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END (); - ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; - - /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment, - one has the address of the first word of the segment. - - If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be - nonzero. */ - - pseg = ssptr->sspseg; - size = ssptr->sssize; - - this_segment = stkl - size; - - /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused - a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not - contain the target address. */ - - while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl)) - { -#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC - fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl); -#endif - if (pseg == 0) - break; - stkl = stkl - pseg; - ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; - size = ssptr->sssize; - pseg = ssptr->sspseg; - this_segment = stkl - size; - } - - result = address - this_segment; - - /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack, - you get the address of the previous stack segment's end. - This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save - a cycle somewhere. */ - - while (pseg != 0) - { -#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC - fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size); -#endif - stkl = stkl - pseg; - ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; - size = ssptr->sssize; - pseg = ssptr->sspseg; - result += size; - } - return (result); -} - -#endif /* not CRAY2 */ -#endif /* CRAY */ - -#endif /* no alloca */ diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/copyin.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/copyin.c deleted file mode 100644 index 332eb12..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/copyin.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1310 +0,0 @@ -/* copyin.c - extract or list a cpio archive - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#ifdef __FreeBSD__ -#include <ctype.h> -#endif -#include "filetypes.h" -#include "system.h" -#include "cpiohdr.h" -#include "dstring.h" -#include "extern.h" -#include "defer.h" -#include "rmt.h" -#ifndef FNM_PATHNAME -#include <fnmatch.h> -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN -#define lchown chown -#endif - -static void read_pattern_file (); -static void skip_padding (); -static void defer_copyin (); -static void create_defered_links (); -static void create_final_defers (); -static int check_for_deferments (); - -/* Return 16-bit integer I with the bytes swapped. */ -#define swab_short(i) ((((i) << 8) & 0xff00) | (((i) >> 8) & 0x00ff)) - -/* Read the header, including the name of the file, from file - descriptor IN_DES into FILE_HDR. */ - -void -read_in_header (file_hdr, in_des) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; - int in_des; -{ - long bytes_skipped = 0; /* Bytes of junk found before magic number. */ - - /* Search for a valid magic number. */ - - if (archive_format == arf_unknown) - { - char tmpbuf[512]; - int check_tar; - int peeked_bytes; - - while (archive_format == arf_unknown) - { - peeked_bytes = peek_in_buf (tmpbuf, in_des, 512); - if (peeked_bytes < 6) - error (1, 0, "premature end of archive"); - - if (!strncmp (tmpbuf, "070701", 6)) - archive_format = arf_newascii; - else if (!strncmp (tmpbuf, "070707", 6)) - archive_format = arf_oldascii; - else if (!strncmp (tmpbuf, "070702", 6)) - { - archive_format = arf_crcascii; - crc_i_flag = TRUE; - } - else if ((*((unsigned short *) tmpbuf) == 070707) || - (*((unsigned short *) tmpbuf) == swab_short ((unsigned short) 070707))) - archive_format = arf_binary; - else if (peeked_bytes >= 512 - && (check_tar = is_tar_header (tmpbuf))) - { - if (check_tar == 2) - archive_format = arf_ustar; - else - archive_format = arf_tar; - } - else - { - copy_in_buf ((char *) tmpbuf, in_des, 1L); - ++bytes_skipped; - } - } - } - - if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - { - if (append_flag) - last_header_start = input_bytes - io_block_size + - (in_buff - input_buffer); - if (bytes_skipped > 0) - error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped); - read_in_tar_header (file_hdr, in_des); - return; - } - - file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = NULL; - - copy_in_buf ((char *) file_hdr, in_des, 6L); - while (1) - { - if (append_flag) - last_header_start = input_bytes - io_block_size - + (in_buff - input_buffer) - 6; - if (archive_format == arf_newascii - && !strncmp ((char *) file_hdr, "070701", 6)) - { - if (bytes_skipped > 0) - error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped); - read_in_new_ascii (file_hdr, in_des); - break; - } - if (archive_format == arf_crcascii - && !strncmp ((char *) file_hdr, "070702", 6)) - { - if (bytes_skipped > 0) - error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped); - read_in_new_ascii (file_hdr, in_des); - break; - } - if ( (archive_format == arf_oldascii || archive_format == arf_hpoldascii) - && !strncmp ((char *) file_hdr, "070707", 6)) - { - if (bytes_skipped > 0) - error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped); - read_in_old_ascii (file_hdr, in_des); - break; - } - if ( (archive_format == arf_binary || archive_format == arf_hpbinary) - && (file_hdr->c_magic == 070707 - || file_hdr->c_magic == swab_short ((unsigned short) 070707))) - { - /* Having to skip 1 byte because of word alignment is normal. */ - if (bytes_skipped > 0) - error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped); - read_in_binary (file_hdr, in_des); - break; - } - bytes_skipped++; - bcopy ((char *) file_hdr + 1, (char *) file_hdr, 5); - copy_in_buf ((char *) file_hdr + 5, in_des, 1L); - } -} - -/* Fill in FILE_HDR by reading an old-format ASCII format cpio header from - file descriptor IN_DES, except for the magic number, which is - already filled in. */ - -void -read_in_old_ascii (file_hdr, in_des) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; - int in_des; -{ - char ascii_header[78]; - unsigned long dev; - unsigned long rdev; - - copy_in_buf (ascii_header, in_des, 70L); - ascii_header[70] = '\0'; - sscanf (ascii_header, - "%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%11lo%6lo%11lo", - &dev, &file_hdr->c_ino, - &file_hdr->c_mode, &file_hdr->c_uid, &file_hdr->c_gid, - &file_hdr->c_nlink, &rdev, &file_hdr->c_mtime, - &file_hdr->c_namesize, &file_hdr->c_filesize); - file_hdr->c_dev_maj = major (dev); - file_hdr->c_dev_min = minor (dev); - file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (rdev); - file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (rdev); - - /* Read file name from input. */ - if (file_hdr->c_name != NULL) - free (file_hdr->c_name); - file_hdr->c_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_hdr->c_namesize + 1); - copy_in_buf (file_hdr->c_name, in_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize); -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives, - but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the - actual major/minor number in the filesize field. See if this - is an HP/UX cpio archive, and if so fix it. We have to do this - here because process_copy_in() assumes filesize is always 0 - for devices. */ - switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - case CP_IFCHR: - case CP_IFBLK: -#ifdef CP_IFSOCK - case CP_IFSOCK: -#endif -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: -#endif - if (file_hdr->c_filesize != 0 - && file_hdr->c_rdev_maj == 0 - && file_hdr->c_rdev_min == 1) - { - file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (file_hdr->c_filesize); - file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (file_hdr->c_filesize); - file_hdr->c_filesize = 0; - } - break; - default: - break; - } -#endif /* __MSDOS__ */ -} - -/* Fill in FILE_HDR by reading a new-format ASCII format cpio header from - file descriptor IN_DES, except for the magic number, which is - already filled in. */ - -void -read_in_new_ascii (file_hdr, in_des) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; - int in_des; -{ - char ascii_header[112]; - - copy_in_buf (ascii_header, in_des, 104L); - ascii_header[104] = '\0'; - sscanf (ascii_header, - "%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx", - &file_hdr->c_ino, &file_hdr->c_mode, &file_hdr->c_uid, - &file_hdr->c_gid, &file_hdr->c_nlink, &file_hdr->c_mtime, - &file_hdr->c_filesize, &file_hdr->c_dev_maj, &file_hdr->c_dev_min, - &file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, &file_hdr->c_rdev_min, &file_hdr->c_namesize, - &file_hdr->c_chksum); - /* Read file name from input. */ - if (file_hdr->c_name != NULL) - free (file_hdr->c_name); - file_hdr->c_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_hdr->c_namesize); - copy_in_buf (file_hdr->c_name, in_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize); - - /* In SVR4 ASCII format, the amount of space allocated for the header - is rounded up to the next long-word, so we might need to drop - 1-3 bytes. */ - skip_padding (in_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 110); -} - -/* Fill in FILE_HDR by reading a binary format cpio header from - file descriptor IN_DES, except for the first 6 bytes (the magic - number, device, and inode number), which are already filled in. */ - -void -read_in_binary (file_hdr, in_des) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; - int in_des; -{ - struct old_cpio_header short_hdr; - - /* Copy the data into the short header, then later transfer - it into the argument long header. */ - short_hdr.c_dev = ((struct old_cpio_header *) file_hdr)->c_dev; - short_hdr.c_ino = ((struct old_cpio_header *) file_hdr)->c_ino; - copy_in_buf (((char *) &short_hdr) + 6, in_des, 20L); - - /* If the magic number is byte swapped, fix the header. */ - if (file_hdr->c_magic == swab_short ((unsigned short) 070707)) - { - static int warned = 0; - - /* Alert the user that they might have to do byte swapping on - the file contents. */ - if (warned == 0) - { - error (0, 0, "warning: archive header has reverse byte-order"); - warned = 1; - } - swab_array ((char *) &short_hdr, 13); - } - - file_hdr->c_dev_maj = major (short_hdr.c_dev); - file_hdr->c_dev_min = minor (short_hdr.c_dev); - file_hdr->c_ino = short_hdr.c_ino; - file_hdr->c_mode = short_hdr.c_mode; - file_hdr->c_uid = short_hdr.c_uid; - file_hdr->c_gid = short_hdr.c_gid; - file_hdr->c_nlink = short_hdr.c_nlink; - file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (short_hdr.c_rdev); - file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (short_hdr.c_rdev); - file_hdr->c_mtime = (unsigned long) short_hdr.c_mtimes[0] << 16 - | short_hdr.c_mtimes[1]; - - file_hdr->c_namesize = short_hdr.c_namesize; - file_hdr->c_filesize = (unsigned long) short_hdr.c_filesizes[0] << 16 - | short_hdr.c_filesizes[1]; - - /* Read file name from input. */ - if (file_hdr->c_name != NULL) - free (file_hdr->c_name); - file_hdr->c_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_hdr->c_namesize); - copy_in_buf (file_hdr->c_name, in_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize); - - /* In binary mode, the amount of space allocated in the header for - the filename is `c_namesize' rounded up to the next short-word, - so we might need to drop a byte. */ - if (file_hdr->c_namesize % 2) - toss_input (in_des, 1L); - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives, - but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the - actual major/minor number in the filesize field. See if this - is an HP/UX cpio archive, and if so fix it. We have to do this - here because process_copy_in() assumes filesize is always 0 - for devices. */ - switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - case CP_IFCHR: - case CP_IFBLK: -#ifdef CP_IFSOCK - case CP_IFSOCK: -#endif -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: -#endif - if (file_hdr->c_filesize != 0 - && file_hdr->c_rdev_maj == 0 - && file_hdr->c_rdev_min == 1) - { - file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (file_hdr->c_filesize); - file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (file_hdr->c_filesize); - file_hdr->c_filesize = 0; - } - break; - default: - break; - } -#endif /* __MSDOS__ */ -} - -/* Exchange the bytes of each element of the array of COUNT shorts - starting at PTR. */ - -void -swab_array (ptr, count) - char *ptr; - int count; -{ - char tmp; - - while (count-- > 0) - { - tmp = *ptr; - *ptr = *(ptr + 1); - ++ptr; - *ptr = tmp; - ++ptr; - } -} - -/* Current time for verbose table. */ -static time_t current_time; - -/* Read the collection from standard input and create files - in the file system. */ - -void -process_copy_in () -{ - char done = FALSE; /* True if trailer reached. */ - int res; /* Result of various function calls. */ - dynamic_string new_name; /* New file name for rename option. */ - FILE *tty_in; /* Interactive file for rename option. */ - FILE *tty_out; /* Interactive file for rename option. */ - char *str_res; /* Result for string function. */ - struct utimbuf times; /* For setting file times. */ - struct stat file_stat; /* Output file stat record. */ - struct new_cpio_header file_hdr; /* Output header information. */ - int out_file_des; /* Output file descriptor. */ - int in_file_des; /* Input file descriptor. */ - char skip_file; /* Flag for use with patterns. */ - char deferred; /* Deferred file creation, don't print name. */ - int existing_dir; /* True if file is a dir & already exists. */ - int i; /* Loop index variable. */ - char *link_name = NULL; /* Name of hard and symbolic links. */ -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - int cdf_flag; /* True if file is a CDF. */ - int cdf_char; /* Index of `+' char indicating a CDF. */ -#endif - - /* Initialize the copy in. */ - if (pattern_file_name) - read_pattern_file (); - file_hdr.c_name = NULL; - ds_init (&new_name, 128); - /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */ - bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf)); - - /* Open interactive file pair for rename operation. */ - if (rename_flag) - { - tty_in = fopen (CONSOLE, "r"); - if (tty_in == NULL) - error (2, errno, CONSOLE); - tty_out = fopen (CONSOLE, "w"); - if (tty_out == NULL) - error (2, errno, CONSOLE); - } - - /* Get date and time if needed for processing the table option. */ - if (table_flag && verbose_flag) - time (¤t_time); - -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - setmode (archive_des, O_BINARY); -#endif - /* Check whether the input file might be a tape. */ - in_file_des = archive_des; - if (_isrmt (in_file_des)) - { - input_is_special = 1; - input_is_seekable = 0; - } - else - { - if (fstat (in_file_des, &file_stat)) - error (1, errno, "standard input is closed"); - input_is_special = -#ifdef S_ISBLK - S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode) || -#endif - S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode); - input_is_seekable = S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode); - } - output_is_seekable = TRUE; - - /* While there is more input in the collection, process the input. */ - while (!done) - { - link_name = NULL; - swapping_halfwords = swapping_bytes = FALSE; - - /* Start processing the next file by reading the header. */ - read_in_header (&file_hdr, in_file_des); - -#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO - if (debug_flag) - { - struct new_cpio_header *h; - h = &file_hdr; - fprintf (stderr, - "magic = 0%o, ino = %d, mode = 0%o, uid = %d, gid = %d\n", - h->c_magic, h->c_ino, h->c_mode, h->c_uid, h->c_gid); - fprintf (stderr, - "nlink = %d, mtime = %d, filesize = %d, dev_maj = 0x%x\n", - h->c_nlink, h->c_mtime, h->c_filesize, h->c_dev_maj); - fprintf (stderr, - "dev_min = 0x%x, rdev_maj = 0x%x, rdev_min = 0x%x, namesize = %d\n", - h->c_dev_min, h->c_rdev_maj, h->c_rdev_min, h->c_namesize); - fprintf (stderr, - "chksum = %d, name = \"%s\", tar_linkname = \"%s\"\n", - h->c_chksum, h->c_name, - h->c_tar_linkname ? h->c_tar_linkname : "(null)" ); - - } -#endif - /* Is this the header for the TRAILER file? */ - if (strcmp ("TRAILER!!!", file_hdr.c_name) == 0) - { - done = TRUE; - break; - } - - deferred = FALSE; - /* Does the file name match one of the given patterns? */ - if (num_patterns <= 0) - skip_file = FALSE; - else - { - skip_file = copy_matching_files; - for (i = 0; i < num_patterns - && skip_file == copy_matching_files; i++) - { - if (fnmatch (save_patterns[i], file_hdr.c_name, 0) == 0) - skip_file = !copy_matching_files; - } - if (skip_file) { - skip_file = check_for_deferments(&file_hdr); - if (!skip_file) - deferred = TRUE; /* don't print this name */ - } - } - - if (skip_file) - { - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - } - else if (table_flag) - { - if (verbose_flag) - { -#ifdef CP_IFLNK - if ((file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFLNK) - { - if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar) - { - link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) file_hdr.c_filesize + 1); - link_name[file_hdr.c_filesize] = '\0'; - copy_in_buf (link_name, in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - long_format (&file_hdr, link_name); - free (link_name); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - continue; - } - else - { - long_format (&file_hdr, file_hdr.c_tar_linkname); - continue; - } - } - else -#endif - long_format (&file_hdr, (char *) 0); - } - else - printf ("%s\n", file_hdr.c_name); - - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - } - else if (append_flag) - { - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - } - else - { - /* Copy the input file into the directory structure. */ - - /* Do we need to rename the file? */ - if (rename_flag) - { - fprintf (tty_out, "rename %s -> ", file_hdr.c_name); - fflush (tty_out); - str_res = ds_fgets (tty_in, &new_name); - if (str_res == NULL || str_res[0] == 0) - { - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - continue; - } - else - file_hdr.c_name = xstrdup (new_name.ds_string); - } - - /* See if the file already exists. */ - existing_dir = FALSE; - if (lstat (file_hdr.c_name, &file_stat) == 0) - { - if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode) - && ((file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFDIR)) - { - /* If there is already a directory there that - we are trying to create, don't complain about - it. */ - existing_dir = TRUE; - } - else if (!unconditional_flag - && file_hdr.c_mtime <= file_stat.st_mtime) - { - error (0, 0, "%s not created: newer or same age version exists", - file_hdr.c_name); - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - continue; /* Go to the next file. */ - } - else if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode) - ? rmdir (file_hdr.c_name) - : unlink (file_hdr.c_name)) - { - error (0, errno, "cannot remove current %s", - file_hdr.c_name); - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - continue; /* Go to the next file. */ - } - } - - /* Do the real copy or link. */ - switch (file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - case CP_IFREG: -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - /* Can the current file be linked to a previously copied file? */ - if (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1 && (archive_format == arf_newascii - || archive_format == arf_crcascii) ) - { - int link_res; - if (file_hdr.c_filesize == 0) - { - /* The newc and crc formats store multiply linked copies - of the same file in the archive only once. The - actual data is attached to the last link in the - archive, and the other links all have a filesize - of 0. Since this file has multiple links and a - filesize of 0, its data is probably attatched to - another file in the archive. Save the link, and - process it later when we get the actual data. We - can't just create it with length 0 and add the - data later, in case the file is readonly. We still - lose if its parent directory is readonly (and we aren't - running as root), but there's nothing we can do about - that. */ - defer_copyin (&file_hdr); - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - break; - } - /* If the file has data (filesize != 0), then presumably - any other links have already been defer_copyin'ed(), - but GNU cpio version 2.0-2.2 didn't do that, so we - still have to check for links here (and also in case - the archive was created and later appeneded to). */ - link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (file_hdr.c_name, - file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_maj, - file_hdr.c_ino); - if (link_res == 0) - { - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - break; - } - } - else if (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1 && archive_format != arf_tar - && archive_format != arf_ustar) - { - int link_res; - link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (file_hdr.c_name, - file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_maj, - file_hdr.c_ino); - if (link_res == 0) - { - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - break; - } - } - else if ((archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - && file_hdr.c_tar_linkname && - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname[0] != '\0') - { - int link_res; - link_res = link_to_name (file_hdr.c_name, - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname); - if (link_res < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "cannot link %s to %s", - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname, file_hdr.c_name); - } - break; - } -#endif - - /* If not linked, copy the contents of the file. */ - if (link_name == NULL) - { - out_file_des = open (file_hdr.c_name, - O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600); - if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (file_hdr.c_name); - out_file_des = open (file_hdr.c_name, - O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, - 0600); - } - if (out_file_des < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - continue; - } - - crc = 0; - if (swap_halfwords_flag) - { - if ((file_hdr.c_filesize % 4) == 0) - swapping_halfwords = TRUE; - else - error (0, 0, "cannot swap halfwords of %s: odd number of halfwords", - file_hdr.c_name); - } - if (swap_bytes_flag) - { - if ((file_hdr.c_filesize % 2) == 0) - swapping_bytes = TRUE; - else - error (0, 0, "cannot swap bytes of %s: odd number of bytes", - file_hdr.c_name); - } - copy_files (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - empty_output_buffer (out_file_des); - if (close (out_file_des) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - - if (archive_format == arf_crcascii) - { - if (crc != file_hdr.c_chksum) - error (0, 0, "%s: checksum error (0x%x, should be 0x%x)", - file_hdr.c_name, crc, file_hdr.c_chksum); - } - /* File is now copied; set attributes. */ - if (!no_chown_flag) - if ((chown (file_hdr.c_name, - set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr.c_uid, - set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr.c_gid) < 0) - && errno != EPERM) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */ - if (chmod (file_hdr.c_name, (int) file_hdr.c_mode) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - if (retain_time_flag) - { - times.actime = times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime; - if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - } - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - if (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1 && (archive_format == arf_newascii - || archive_format == arf_crcascii) ) - { - /* (see comment above for how the newc and crc formats - store multiple links). Now that we have the data - for this file, create any other links to it which - we defered. */ - create_defered_links (&file_hdr); - } - } - break; - - case CP_IFDIR: - /* Strip any trailing `/'s off the filename; tar puts - them on. We might as well do it here in case anybody - else does too, since they cause strange things to happen. */ - strip_trailing_slashes (file_hdr.c_name); - - /* Ignore the current directory. It must already exist, - and we don't want to change its permission, ownership - or time. */ - if (file_hdr.c_name[0] == '.' && file_hdr.c_name[1] == '\0') - break; - -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - cdf_flag = 0; -#endif - if (!existing_dir) - - { -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - /* If the directory name ends in a + and is SUID, - then it is a CDF. Strip the trailing + from - the name before creating it. */ - cdf_char = strlen (file_hdr.c_name) - 1; - if ( (cdf_char > 0) && - (file_hdr.c_mode & 04000) && - (file_hdr.c_name [cdf_char] == '+') ) - { - file_hdr.c_name [cdf_char] = '\0'; - cdf_flag = 1; - } -#endif - res = mkdir (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode); - } - else - res = 0; - if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (file_hdr.c_name); - res = mkdir (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode); - } - if (res < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - continue; - } - if (!no_chown_flag) - if ((chown (file_hdr.c_name, - set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr.c_uid, - set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr.c_gid) < 0) - && errno != EPERM) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */ - if (chmod (file_hdr.c_name, (int) file_hdr.c_mode) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - if (cdf_flag) - /* Once we "hide" the directory with the chmod(), - we have to refer to it using name+ instead of name. */ - file_hdr.c_name [cdf_char] = '+'; -#endif - if (retain_time_flag) - { - times.actime = times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime; - if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - } - break; - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - case CP_IFCHR: - case CP_IFBLK: -#ifdef CP_IFSOCK - case CP_IFSOCK: -#endif -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: -#endif - if (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1 && archive_format != arf_tar - && archive_format != arf_ustar) - { - int link_res; - link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (file_hdr.c_name, - file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_maj, - file_hdr.c_ino); - if (link_res == 0) - break; - } - else if (archive_format == arf_ustar && - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname && - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname [0] != '\0') - { - int link_res; - link_res = link_to_name (file_hdr.c_name, - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname); - if (link_res < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "cannot link %s to %s", - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname, file_hdr.c_name); - /* Something must be wrong, because we couldn't - find the file to link to. But can we assume - that the device maj/min numbers are correct - and fall through to the mknod? It's probably - safer to just break, rather than possibly - creating a bogus device file. */ - } - break; - } - - res = mknod (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode, - makedev (file_hdr.c_rdev_maj, file_hdr.c_rdev_min)); - if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (file_hdr.c_name); - res = mknod (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode, - makedev (file_hdr.c_rdev_maj, file_hdr.c_rdev_min)); - } - if (res < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - continue; - } - if (!no_chown_flag) - if ((chown (file_hdr.c_name, - set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr.c_uid, - set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr.c_gid) < 0) - && errno != EPERM) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */ - if (chmod (file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_mode) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - if (retain_time_flag) - { - times.actime = times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime; - if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - } - break; -#endif - -#ifdef CP_IFLNK - case CP_IFLNK: - { - if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar) - { - link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) file_hdr.c_filesize + 1); - link_name[file_hdr.c_filesize] = '\0'; - copy_in_buf (link_name, in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - } - else - { - link_name = xstrdup (file_hdr.c_tar_linkname); - } - - res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, file_hdr.c_name, - file_hdr.c_mode); - if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (file_hdr.c_name); - res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, file_hdr.c_name, - file_hdr.c_mode); - } - if (res < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - free (link_name); - link_name = NULL; - continue; - } - if (!no_chown_flag) - if ((lchown (file_hdr.c_name, - set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr.c_uid, - set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr.c_gid) < 0) - && errno != EPERM) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - free (link_name); - link_name = NULL; - } - break; -#endif - - default: - error (0, 0, "%s: unknown file type", file_hdr.c_name); - toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - } - - if (verbose_flag && !deferred) - fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", file_hdr.c_name); - if (dot_flag && !deferred) - fputc ('.', stderr); - } - } - - if (dot_flag) - fputc ('\n', stderr); - - if (append_flag) - return; - - if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii) - create_final_defers (); - res = (input_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size; - if (res == 1) - fprintf (stderr, "1 block\n"); - else - fprintf (stderr, "%d blocks\n", res); -} - -/* Print the file described by FILE_HDR in long format. - If LINK_NAME is nonzero, it is the name of the file that - this file is a symbolic link to. */ - -void -long_format (file_hdr, link_name) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; - char *link_name; -{ - char mbuf[11]; - char tbuf[40]; - time_t when; - - mode_string (file_hdr->c_mode, mbuf); - mbuf[10] = '\0'; - - /* Get time values ready to print. */ - when = file_hdr->c_mtime; - strftime(tbuf, sizeof(tbuf), "%c", localtime(&when)); - if (current_time - when > 6L * 30L * 24L * 60L * 60L - || current_time - when < 0L) - { - /* The file is older than 6 months, or in the future. - Show the year instead of the time of day. */ - strcpy (tbuf + 11, tbuf + 19); - } - tbuf[16] = '\0'; - - printf ("%s %3u ", mbuf, file_hdr->c_nlink); - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - if (numeric_uid) -#endif - printf ("%-8u %-8u ", (unsigned int) file_hdr->c_uid, - (unsigned int) file_hdr->c_gid); -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - else - printf ("%-8.8s %-8.8s ", getuser (file_hdr->c_uid), - getgroup (file_hdr->c_gid)); - - if ((file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFCHR - || (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFBLK) - printf ("%3u, %3u ", file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, - file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - else -#endif - printf ("%8lu ", file_hdr->c_filesize); - - printf ("%s ", tbuf + 4); - - print_name_with_quoting (file_hdr->c_name); - if (link_name) - { - printf (" -> "); - print_name_with_quoting (link_name); - } - putc ('\n', stdout); -} - -void -print_name_with_quoting (p) - register char *p; -{ - register unsigned char c; - - while (c = *p++) - { - switch (c) - { -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - case '\\': - printf ("\\\\"); - break; -#endif - - case '\n': - printf ("\\n"); - break; - - case '\b': - printf ("\\b"); - break; - - case '\r': - printf ("\\r"); - break; - - case '\t': - printf ("\\t"); - break; - - case '\f': - printf ("\\f"); - break; - - case ' ': - printf ("\\ "); - break; - - case '"': - printf ("\\\""); - break; - - default: -#ifdef __FreeBSD__ - if (isprint(c)) -#else - if (c > 040 && -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - c < 0377 && c != 0177 -#else - c < 0177 -#endif - ) -#endif - putchar (c); - else - printf ("\\%03o", (unsigned int) c); - } - } -} - -/* Read a pattern file (for the -E option). Put a list of - `num_patterns' elements in `save_patterns'. Any patterns that were - already in `save_patterns' (from the command line) are preserved. */ - -static void -read_pattern_file () -{ - int max_new_patterns; - char **new_save_patterns; - int new_num_patterns; - int i; - dynamic_string pattern_name; - FILE *pattern_fp; - - if (num_patterns < 0) - num_patterns = 0; - max_new_patterns = 1 + num_patterns; - new_save_patterns = (char **) xmalloc (max_new_patterns * sizeof (char *)); - new_num_patterns = num_patterns; - ds_init (&pattern_name, 128); - - pattern_fp = fopen (pattern_file_name, "r"); - if (pattern_fp == NULL) - error (1, errno, "%s", pattern_file_name); - while (ds_fgetstr (pattern_fp, &pattern_name, '\n') != NULL) - { - if (new_num_patterns >= max_new_patterns) - { - max_new_patterns += 1; - new_save_patterns = (char **) - xrealloc ((char *) new_save_patterns, - max_new_patterns * sizeof (char *)); - } - new_save_patterns[new_num_patterns] = xstrdup (pattern_name.ds_string); - ++new_num_patterns; - } - if (ferror (pattern_fp) || fclose (pattern_fp) == EOF) - error (1, errno, "%s", pattern_file_name); - - for (i = 0; i < num_patterns; ++i) - new_save_patterns[i] = save_patterns[i]; - - save_patterns = new_save_patterns; - num_patterns = new_num_patterns; -} - -/* Skip the padding on IN_FILE_DES after a header or file, - up to the next header. - The number of bytes skipped is based on OFFSET -- the current offset - from the last start of a header (or file) -- and the current - header type. */ - -static void -skip_padding (in_file_des, offset) - int in_file_des; - int offset; -{ - int pad; - - if (archive_format == arf_crcascii || archive_format == arf_newascii) - pad = (4 - (offset % 4)) % 4; - else if (archive_format == arf_binary || archive_format == arf_hpbinary) - pad = (2 - (offset % 2)) % 2; - else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - pad = (512 - (offset % 512)) % 512; - else - pad = 0; - - if (pad != 0) - toss_input (in_file_des, pad); -} - - -/* The newc and crc formats store multiply linked copies of the same file - in the archive only once. The actual data is attached to the last link - in the archive, and the other links all have a filesize of 0. When a - file in the archive has multiple links and a filesize of 0, its data is - probably "attatched" to another file in the archive, so we can't create - it right away. We have to "defer" creating it until we have created - the file that has the data "attatched" to it. We keep a list of the - "defered" links on deferments. */ - -struct deferment *deferments = NULL; - -/* Add a file header to the deferments list. For now they all just - go on one list, although we could optimize this if necessary. */ - -static void -defer_copyin (file_hdr) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; -{ - struct deferment *d; - d = create_deferment (file_hdr); - d->next = deferments; - deferments = d; - return; -} - -/* We just created a file that (probably) has some other links to it - which have been defered. Go through all of the links on the deferments - list and create any which are links to this file. */ - -static void -create_defered_links (file_hdr) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; -{ - struct deferment *d; - struct deferment *d_prev; - int ino; - int maj; - int min; - int link_res; - ino = file_hdr->c_ino; - maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj; - min = file_hdr->c_dev_min; - d = deferments; - d_prev = NULL; - while (d != NULL) - { - if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj) - && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) ) - { - struct deferment *d_free; - link_res = link_to_name (d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name); - if (link_res < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "cannot link %s to %s", - d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name); - } - if (d_prev != NULL) - d_prev->next = d->next; - else - deferments = d->next; - d_free = d; - d = d->next; - free_deferment (d_free); - } - else - { - d_prev = d; - d = d->next; - } - } -} - -/* If we had a multiply linked file that really was empty then we would - have defered all of its links, since we never found any with data - "attached", and they will still be on the deferment list even when - we are done reading the whole archive. Write out all of these - empty links that are still on the deferments list. */ - -static void -create_final_defers () -{ - struct deferment *d; - struct deferment *d_prev; - struct new_cpio_header *h; - int link_res; - int out_file_des; - struct utimbuf times; /* For setting file times. */ - /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */ - bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf)); - - for (d = deferments; d != NULL; d = d->next) - { - link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (d->header.c_name, - d->header.c_dev_maj, d->header.c_dev_maj, - d->header.c_ino); - if (link_res == 0) - { - continue; - } - out_file_des = open (d->header.c_name, - O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600); - if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (d->header.c_name); - out_file_des = open (d->header.c_name, - O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, - 0600); - } - if (out_file_des < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name); - continue; - } - - if (close (out_file_des) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name); - - /* File is now copied; set attributes. */ - if (!no_chown_flag) - if ((chown (d->header.c_name, - set_owner_flag ? set_owner : d->header.c_uid, - set_group_flag ? set_group : d->header.c_gid) < 0) - && errno != EPERM) - error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name); - /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */ - if (chmod (d->header.c_name, (int) d->header.c_mode) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name); - if (retain_time_flag) - { - times.actime = times.modtime = d->header.c_mtime; - if (utime (d->header.c_name, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name); - } - } -} - -static int -check_for_deferments(struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr) -{ - struct deferment *d; - struct deferment *prev = NULL; - - for (d = deferments; d != NULL; d = d->next) { - if (file_hdr->c_ino == d->header.c_ino && - file_hdr->c_dev_maj == d->header.c_dev_maj && - file_hdr->c_dev_min == d->header.c_dev_min) { - free(file_hdr->c_name); - if (prev != NULL) - prev->next = d->next; - else - deferments = d->next; - file_hdr->c_name = strdup(d->header.c_name); - free_deferment(d); - return FALSE; - } - prev = d; - } - return TRUE; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/copyout.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/copyout.c deleted file mode 100644 index 77053d9..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/copyout.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,936 +0,0 @@ -/* copyout.c - create a cpio archive - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#include "filetypes.h" -#include "system.h" -#include "cpiohdr.h" -#include "dstring.h" -#include "extern.h" -#include "defer.h" -#include "rmt.h" - -static unsigned long read_for_checksum (); -static void clear_rest_of_block (); -static void pad_output (); -static int last_link (); -static int count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (); -static void add_link_defer (); -static void writeout_other_defers (); -static void writeout_final_defers(); -static void writeout_defered_file (); -static int check_rdev (); - -/* Write out header FILE_HDR, including the file name, to file - descriptor OUT_DES. */ - -void -write_out_header (file_hdr, out_des) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; - int out_des; -{ - if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii) - { - char ascii_header[112]; - char *magic_string; - - if (archive_format == arf_crcascii) - magic_string = "070702"; - else - magic_string = "070701"; - sprintf (ascii_header, - "%6s%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx", - magic_string, - file_hdr->c_ino, file_hdr->c_mode, file_hdr->c_uid, - file_hdr->c_gid, file_hdr->c_nlink, file_hdr->c_mtime, - file_hdr->c_filesize, file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min, - file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min, file_hdr->c_namesize, - file_hdr->c_chksum); - copy_buf_out (ascii_header, out_des, 110L); - - /* Write file name to output. */ - copy_buf_out (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize); - pad_output (out_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 110); - } - else if (archive_format == arf_oldascii || archive_format == arf_hpoldascii) - { - char ascii_header[78]; -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - dev_t dev; - dev_t rdev; - - if (archive_format == arf_oldascii) - { - dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min); - rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - } - else - { - /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives, - but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the - actual major/minor number in the filesize field. */ - switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - case CP_IFCHR: - case CP_IFBLK: -#ifdef CP_IFSOCK - case CP_IFSOCK: -#endif -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: -#endif - file_hdr->c_filesize = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, - file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - rdev = 1; - break; - default: - dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min); - rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - break; - } - } -#else - int dev = 0, rdev = 0; -#endif - - if ((file_hdr->c_ino >> 16) != 0) - error (0, 0, "%s: truncating inode number", file_hdr->c_name); - - sprintf (ascii_header, - "%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%011lo%06lo%011lo", - file_hdr->c_magic & 0xFFFF, dev & 0xFFFF, - file_hdr->c_ino & 0xFFFF, file_hdr->c_mode & 0xFFFF, - file_hdr->c_uid & 0xFFFF, file_hdr->c_gid & 0xFFFF, - file_hdr->c_nlink & 0xFFFF, rdev & 0xFFFF, - file_hdr->c_mtime, file_hdr->c_namesize & 0xFFFF, - file_hdr->c_filesize); - copy_buf_out (ascii_header, out_des, 76L); - - /* Write file name to output. */ - copy_buf_out (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize); - } - else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - { - write_out_tar_header (file_hdr, out_des); - } - else - { - struct old_cpio_header short_hdr; - - short_hdr.c_magic = 070707; - short_hdr.c_dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min); - - if ((file_hdr->c_ino >> 16) != 0) - error (0, 0, "%s: truncating inode number", file_hdr->c_name); - - short_hdr.c_ino = file_hdr->c_ino & 0xFFFF; - short_hdr.c_mode = file_hdr->c_mode & 0xFFFF; - short_hdr.c_uid = file_hdr->c_uid & 0xFFFF; - short_hdr.c_gid = file_hdr->c_gid & 0xFFFF; - short_hdr.c_nlink = file_hdr->c_nlink & 0xFFFF; - if (archive_format != arf_hpbinary) - short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - else - { - switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary - archives, but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and - puts the actual major/minor number in the filesize field. */ - case CP_IFCHR: - case CP_IFBLK: -#ifdef CP_IFSOCK - case CP_IFSOCK: -#endif -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: -#endif - file_hdr->c_filesize = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, - file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (0, 1); - break; - default: - short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, - file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - break; - } - } - short_hdr.c_mtimes[0] = file_hdr->c_mtime >> 16; - short_hdr.c_mtimes[1] = file_hdr->c_mtime & 0xFFFF; - - short_hdr.c_namesize = file_hdr->c_namesize & 0xFFFF; - - short_hdr.c_filesizes[0] = file_hdr->c_filesize >> 16; - short_hdr.c_filesizes[1] = file_hdr->c_filesize & 0xFFFF; - - /* Output the file header. */ - copy_buf_out ((char *) &short_hdr, out_des, 26L); - - /* Write file name to output. */ - copy_buf_out (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize); - - pad_output (out_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 26); - } -} - -/* Read a list of file names from the standard input - and write a cpio collection on the standard output. - The format of the header depends on the compatibility (-c) flag. */ - -void -process_copy_out () -{ - int res; /* Result of functions. */ - dynamic_string input_name; /* Name of file read from stdin. */ - struct utimbuf times; /* For resetting file times after copy. */ - struct stat file_stat; /* Stat record for file. */ - struct new_cpio_header file_hdr; /* Output header information. */ - int in_file_des; /* Source file descriptor. */ - int out_file_des; /* Output file descriptor. */ - char *p; - - /* Initialize the copy out. */ - ds_init (&input_name, 128); - /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */ - bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf)); - file_hdr.c_magic = 070707; - -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - setmode (archive_des, O_BINARY); -#endif - /* Check whether the output file might be a tape. */ - out_file_des = archive_des; - if (_isrmt (out_file_des)) - { - output_is_special = 1; - output_is_seekable = 0; - } - else - { - if (fstat (out_file_des, &file_stat)) - error (1, errno, "standard output is closed"); - output_is_special = -#ifdef S_ISBLK - S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode) || -#endif - S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode); - output_is_seekable = S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode); - } - - if (append_flag) - { - process_copy_in (); - prepare_append (out_file_des); - } - - /* Copy files with names read from stdin. */ - while (ds_fgetstr (stdin, &input_name, name_end) != NULL) - { - /* Check for blank line. */ - if (input_name.ds_string[0] == 0) - { - error (0, 0, "blank line ignored"); - continue; - } - - /* Process next file. */ - if ((*xstat) (input_name.ds_string, &file_stat) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string); - else - { - /* Set values in output header. */ - file_hdr.c_dev_maj = major (file_stat.st_dev); - file_hdr.c_dev_min = minor (file_stat.st_dev); - file_hdr.c_ino = file_stat.st_ino; - /* For POSIX systems that don't define the S_IF macros, - we can't assume that S_ISfoo means the standard Unix - S_IFfoo bit(s) are set. So do it manually, with a - different name. Bleah. */ - file_hdr.c_mode = (file_stat.st_mode & 07777); - if (S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode)) - file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFREG; - else if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode)) - file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFDIR; -#ifdef S_ISBLK - else if (S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode)) - file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFBLK; -#endif -#ifdef S_ISCHR - else if (S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode)) - file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFCHR; -#endif -#ifdef S_ISFIFO - else if (S_ISFIFO (file_stat.st_mode)) - file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFIFO; -#endif -#ifdef S_ISLNK - else if (S_ISLNK (file_stat.st_mode)) - file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFLNK; -#endif -#ifdef S_ISSOCK - else if (S_ISSOCK (file_stat.st_mode)) - file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFSOCK; -#endif -#ifdef S_ISNWK - else if (S_ISNWK (file_stat.st_mode)) - file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFNWK; -#endif - file_hdr.c_uid = file_stat.st_uid; - file_hdr.c_gid = file_stat.st_gid; - file_hdr.c_nlink = file_stat.st_nlink; - - /* The rdev is meaningless except for block and character - special files (POSIX standard) and perhaps fifos and - sockets. Clear it for other types of files so that - check_rdev() doesn't reject files just because stat() - put garbage in st_rdev and so that the output doesn't - depend on the garbage. */ - switch (file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - case CP_IFBLK: - case CP_IFCHR: -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: -#endif -#ifdef CP_IFSOCK - case CP_IFSOCK: -#endif - file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = major (file_stat.st_rdev); - file_hdr.c_rdev_min = minor (file_stat.st_rdev); - break; - default: - file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = 0; - file_hdr.c_rdev_min = 0; - break; - } - - file_hdr.c_mtime = file_stat.st_mtime; - file_hdr.c_filesize = file_stat.st_size; - file_hdr.c_chksum = 0; - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = NULL; - - /* Strip leading `./' from the filename. */ - p = input_name.ds_string; - while (*p == '.' && *(p + 1) == '/') - { - ++p; - while (*p == '/') - ++p; - } -#ifndef HPUX_CDF - file_hdr.c_name = p; - file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (p) + 1; -#else - if ( (archive_format != arf_tar) && (archive_format != arf_ustar) ) - { - /* We mark CDF's in cpio files by adding a 2nd `/' after the - "hidden" directory name. We need to do this so we can - properly recreate the directory as hidden (in case the - files of a directory go into the archive before the - directory itself (e.g from "find ... -depth ... | cpio")). */ - file_hdr.c_name = add_cdf_double_slashes (p); - file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (file_hdr.c_name) + 1; - } - else - { - /* We don't mark CDF's in tar files. We assume the "hidden" - directory will always go into the archive before any of - its files. */ - file_hdr.c_name = p; - file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (p) + 1; - } -#endif - if ((archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - && is_tar_filename_too_long (file_hdr.c_name)) - { - error (0, 0, "%s: file name too long", file_hdr.c_name); - continue; - } - switch (check_rdev (&file_hdr)) - { - case 1: - error (0, 0, "%s not dumped: major number would be truncated", - file_hdr.c_name); - continue; - case 2: - error (0, 0, "%s not dumped: minor number would be truncated", - file_hdr.c_name); - continue; - case 4: - error (0, 0, "%s not dumped: device number would be truncated", - file_hdr.c_name); - continue; - } - - /* Copy the named file to the output. */ - switch (file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - case CP_IFREG: -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - { - char *otherfile; - if ((otherfile = find_inode_file (file_hdr.c_ino, - file_hdr.c_dev_maj, - file_hdr.c_dev_min))) - { - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = otherfile; - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - break; - } - } - if ( (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii) - && (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1) ) - { - if (last_link (&file_hdr) ) - { - writeout_other_defers (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - } - else - { - add_link_defer (&file_hdr); - break; - } - } -#endif - in_file_des = open (input_name.ds_string, - O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0); - if (in_file_des < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string); - continue; - } - - if (archive_format == arf_crcascii) - file_hdr.c_chksum = read_for_checksum (in_file_des, - file_hdr.c_filesize, - input_name.ds_string); - - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - copy_files (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_dev_maj, - file_hdr.c_dev_min); -#endif - - pad_output (out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - - if (close (in_file_des) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string); - if (reset_time_flag) - { - times.actime = file_stat.st_atime; - times.modtime = file_stat.st_mtime; - if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - } - break; - - case CP_IFDIR: - file_hdr.c_filesize = 0; - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - break; - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - case CP_IFCHR: - case CP_IFBLK: -#ifdef CP_IFSOCK - case CP_IFSOCK: -#endif -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: -#endif - if (archive_format == arf_tar) - { - error (0, 0, "%s not dumped: not a regular file", - file_hdr.c_name); - continue; - } - else if (archive_format == arf_ustar) - { - char *otherfile; - if ((otherfile = find_inode_file (file_hdr.c_ino, - file_hdr.c_dev_maj, - file_hdr.c_dev_min))) - { - /* This file is linked to another file already in the - archive, so write it out as a hard link. */ - file_hdr.c_mode = (file_stat.st_mode & 07777); - file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFREG; - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = otherfile; - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - break; - } - add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, - file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_min); - } - file_hdr.c_filesize = 0; - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - break; -#endif - -#ifdef CP_IFLNK - case CP_IFLNK: - { - char *link_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_stat.st_size + 1); - - if (readlink (input_name.ds_string, link_name, - file_stat.st_size) < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string); - free (link_name); - continue; - } - if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - { - if (file_stat.st_size + 1 > 100) - { - error (0, 0, "%s: symbolic link too long", - file_hdr.c_name); - } - else - { - link_name[file_stat.st_size] = '\0'; - file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = link_name; - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - } - } - else - { - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - copy_buf_out (link_name, out_file_des, file_stat.st_size); - pad_output (out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - } - free (link_name); - } - break; -#endif - - default: - error (0, 0, "%s: unknown file type", input_name.ds_string); - } - - if (verbose_flag) - fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", input_name.ds_string); - if (dot_flag) - fputc ('.', stderr); - } - } - - writeout_final_defers(out_file_des); - /* The collection is complete; append the trailer. */ - file_hdr.c_ino = 0; - file_hdr.c_mode = 0; - file_hdr.c_uid = 0; - file_hdr.c_gid = 0; - file_hdr.c_nlink = 1; /* Must be 1 for crc format. */ - file_hdr.c_dev_maj = 0; - file_hdr.c_dev_min = 0; - file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = 0; - file_hdr.c_rdev_min = 0; - file_hdr.c_mtime = 0; - file_hdr.c_chksum = 0; - - file_hdr.c_filesize = 0; - file_hdr.c_namesize = 11; - file_hdr.c_name = "TRAILER!!!"; - if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar) - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - else - { - copy_buf_out (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512); - copy_buf_out (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512); - } - - /* Fill up the output block. */ - clear_rest_of_block (out_file_des); - empty_output_buffer (out_file_des); - if (dot_flag) - fputc ('\n', stderr); - res = (output_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size; - if (res == 1) - fprintf (stderr, "1 block\n"); - else - fprintf (stderr, "%d blocks\n", res); -} - -/* Read FILE_SIZE bytes of FILE_NAME from IN_FILE_DES and - compute and return a checksum for them. */ - -static unsigned long -read_for_checksum (in_file_des, file_size, file_name) - int in_file_des; - int file_size; - char *file_name; -{ - unsigned long crc; - char buf[BUFSIZ]; - int bytes_left; - int bytes_read; - int i; - - crc = 0; - - for (bytes_left = file_size; bytes_left > 0; bytes_left -= bytes_read) - { - bytes_read = read (in_file_des, buf, BUFSIZ); - if (bytes_read < 0) - error (1, errno, "cannot read checksum for %s", file_name); - if (bytes_read == 0) - break; - for (i = 0; i < bytes_read; ++i) - crc += buf[i] & 0xff; - } - if (lseek (in_file_des, 0L, SEEK_SET)) - error (1, errno, "cannot read checksum for %s", file_name); - - return crc; -} - -/* Write out NULs to fill out the rest of the current block on - OUT_FILE_DES. */ - -static void -clear_rest_of_block (out_file_des) - int out_file_des; -{ - while (output_size < io_block_size) - { - if ((io_block_size - output_size) > 512) - copy_buf_out (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512); - else - copy_buf_out (zeros_512, out_file_des, io_block_size - output_size); - } -} - -/* Write NULs on OUT_FILE_DES to move from OFFSET (the current location) - to the end of the header. */ - -static void -pad_output (out_file_des, offset) - int out_file_des; - int offset; -{ - int pad; - - if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii) - pad = (4 - (offset % 4)) % 4; - else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - pad = (512 - (offset % 512)) % 512; - else if (archive_format != arf_oldascii && archive_format != arf_hpoldascii) - pad = (2 - (offset % 2)) % 2; - else - pad = 0; - - if (pad != 0) - copy_buf_out (zeros_512, out_file_des, pad); -} - - -/* When creating newc and crc archives if a file has multiple (hard) - links, we don't put any of them into the archive until we have seen - all of them (or until we get to the end of the list of files that - are going into the archive and know that we have seen all of the links - to the file that we will see). We keep these "defered" files on - this list. */ - -struct deferment *deferouts = NULL; - - -/* Is this file_hdr the last (hard) link to a file? I.e., have - we already seen and defered all of the other links? */ - -static int -last_link (file_hdr) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; -{ - int other_files_sofar; - - other_files_sofar = count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (file_hdr); - if (file_hdr->c_nlink == (other_files_sofar + 1) ) - { - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* Count the number of other (hard) links to this file that have - already been defered. */ - -static int -count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (file_hdr) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; -{ - struct deferment *d; - int ino; - int maj; - int min; - int count; - ino = file_hdr->c_ino; - maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj; - min = file_hdr->c_dev_min; - count = 0; - for (d = deferouts; d != NULL; d = d->next) - { - if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj) - && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) ) - ++count; - } - return count; -} - -/* Add the file header for a link that is being defered to the deferouts - list. */ - -static void -add_link_defer (file_hdr) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; -{ - struct deferment *d; - d = create_deferment (file_hdr); - d->next = deferouts; - deferouts = d; -} - -/* We are about to put a file into a newc or crc archive that is - multiply linked. We have already seen and defered all of the - other links to the file but haven't written them into the archive. - Write the other links into the archive, and remove them from the - deferouts list. */ - -static void -writeout_other_defers (file_hdr, out_des) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; - int out_des; -{ - struct deferment *d; - struct deferment *d_prev; - int ino; - int maj; - int min; - int count; - ino = file_hdr->c_ino; - maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj; - min = file_hdr->c_dev_min; - d_prev = NULL; - d = deferouts; - while (d != NULL) - { - if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj) - && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) ) - { - struct deferment *d_free; - d->header.c_filesize = 0; - write_out_header (&d->header, out_des); - if (d_prev != NULL) - d_prev->next = d->next; - else - deferouts = d->next; - d_free = d; - d = d->next; - free_deferment (d_free); - } - else - { - d_prev = d; - d = d->next; - } - } - return; -} -/* When writing newc and crc format archives we defer multiply linked - files until we have seen all of the links to the file. If a file - has links to it that aren't going into the archive, then we will - never see the "last" link to the file, so at the end we just write - all of the leftover defered files into the archive. */ - -static void -writeout_final_defers(out_des) - int out_des; -{ - struct deferment *d; - int other_count; - while (deferouts != NULL) - { - d = deferouts; - other_count = count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (&d->header); - if (other_count == 1) - { - writeout_defered_file (&d->header, out_des); - } - else - { - struct new_cpio_header file_hdr; - file_hdr = d->header; - file_hdr.c_filesize = 0; - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_des); - } - deferouts = deferouts->next; - } -} - -/* Write a file into the archive. This code is the same as - the code in process_copy_out(), but we need it here too - for writeout_final_defers() to call. */ - -static void -writeout_defered_file (header, out_file_des) - struct new_cpio_header *header; -{ - int in_file_des; - struct new_cpio_header file_hdr; - struct utimbuf times; /* For setting file times. */ - /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */ - bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf)); - - file_hdr = *header; - - - in_file_des = open (header->c_name, - O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0); - if (in_file_des < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", header->c_name); - return; - } - - if (archive_format == arf_crcascii) - file_hdr.c_chksum = read_for_checksum (in_file_des, - file_hdr.c_filesize, - header->c_name); - - write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des); - copy_files (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_dev_maj, - file_hdr.c_dev_min); -#endif - - pad_output (out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize); - - if (close (in_file_des) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", header->c_name); - if (reset_time_flag) - { - times.actime = file_hdr.c_mtime; - times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime; - if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name); - } - return; -} - -static int -check_rdev (file_hdr) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; -{ - if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii) - { - if ((file_hdr->c_rdev_maj & 0xFFFFFFFF) != file_hdr->c_rdev_maj) - return 1; - if ((file_hdr->c_rdev_min & 0xFFFFFFFF) != file_hdr->c_rdev_min) - return 2; - } - else if (archive_format == arf_oldascii || archive_format == arf_hpoldascii) - { -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - dev_t rdev; - - rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - if (archive_format == arf_oldascii) - { - if ((rdev & 0xFFFF) != rdev) - return 4; - } - else - { - switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - case CP_IFCHR: - case CP_IFBLK: -#ifdef CP_IFSOCK - case CP_IFSOCK: -#endif -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: -#endif - /* We could handle one more bit if longs are >= 33 bits. */ - if ((rdev & 037777777777) != rdev) - return 4; - break; - default: - if ((rdev & 0xFFFF) != rdev) - return 4; - break; - } - } -#endif - } - else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar) - { - /* The major and minor formats are limited to 7 octal digits in ustar - format, and to_oct () adds a gratuitous trailing blank to further - limit the format to 6 octal digits. */ - if ((file_hdr->c_rdev_maj & 0777777) != file_hdr->c_rdev_maj) - return 1; - if ((file_hdr->c_rdev_min & 0777777) != file_hdr->c_rdev_min) - return 2; - } - else - { -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - dev_t rdev; - - rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - if (archive_format != arf_hpbinary) - { - if ((rdev & 0xFFFF) != rdev) - return 4; - } - else - { - switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - case CP_IFCHR: - case CP_IFBLK: -#ifdef CP_IFSOCK - case CP_IFSOCK: -#endif -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: -#endif - if ((rdev & 0xFFFFFFFF) != rdev) - return 4; - file_hdr->c_filesize = rdev; - rdev = makedev (0, 1); - break; - default: - if ((rdev & 0xFFFF) != rdev) - return 4; - break; - } - } -#endif - } - return 0; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/copypass.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/copypass.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0bf7c60..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/copypass.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,449 +0,0 @@ -/* copypass.c - cpio copy pass sub-function. - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#include "filetypes.h" -#include "system.h" -#include "cpiohdr.h" -#include "dstring.h" -#include "extern.h" - -#ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN -#define lchown chown -#endif - -/* Copy files listed on the standard input into directory `directory_name'. - If `link_flag', link instead of copying. */ - -void -process_copy_pass () -{ - dynamic_string input_name; /* Name of file from stdin. */ - dynamic_string output_name; /* Name of new file. */ - int dirname_len; /* Length of `directory_name'. */ - int res; /* Result of functions. */ - char *slash; /* For moving past slashes in input name. */ - struct utimbuf times; /* For resetting file times after copy. */ - struct stat in_file_stat; /* Stat record for input file. */ - struct stat out_file_stat; /* Stat record for output file. */ - int in_file_des; /* Input file descriptor. */ - int out_file_des; /* Output file descriptor. */ - int existing_dir; /* True if file is a dir & already exists. */ -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - int cdf_flag; - int cdf_char; -#endif - - /* Initialize the copy pass. */ - dirname_len = strlen (directory_name); - ds_init (&input_name, 128); - ds_init (&output_name, dirname_len + 2); - strcpy (output_name.ds_string, directory_name); - output_name.ds_string[dirname_len] = '/'; - output_is_seekable = TRUE; - /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set. */ - bzero (×, sizeof (struct utimbuf)); - - /* Copy files with names read from stdin. */ - while (ds_fgetstr (stdin, &input_name, name_end) != NULL) - { - int link_res = -1; - - /* Check for blank line and ignore it if found. */ - if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '\0') - { - error (0, 0, "blank line ignored"); - continue; - } - - /* Check for current directory and ignore it if found. */ - if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '.' - && (input_name.ds_string[1] == '\0' - || (input_name.ds_string[1] == '/' - && input_name.ds_string[2] == '\0'))) - continue; - - if ((*xstat) (input_name.ds_string, &in_file_stat) < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string); - continue; - } - - /* Make the name of the new file. */ - for (slash = input_name.ds_string; *slash == '/'; ++slash) - ; -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - /* For CDF's we add a 2nd `/' after all "hidden" directories. - This kind of a kludge, but it's what we do when creating - archives, and it's easier to do this than to separately - keep track of which directories in a path are "hidden". */ - slash = add_cdf_double_slashes (slash); -#endif - ds_resize (&output_name, dirname_len + strlen (slash) + 2); - strcpy (output_name.ds_string + dirname_len + 1, slash); - - existing_dir = FALSE; - if (lstat (output_name.ds_string, &out_file_stat) == 0) - { - if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode) - && S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode)) - { - /* If there is already a directory there that - we are trying to create, don't complain about it. */ - existing_dir = TRUE; - } - else if (!unconditional_flag - && in_file_stat.st_mtime <= out_file_stat.st_mtime) - { - error (0, 0, "%s not created: newer or same age version exists", - output_name.ds_string); - continue; /* Go to the next file. */ - } - else if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode) - ? rmdir (output_name.ds_string) - : unlink (output_name.ds_string)) - { - error (0, errno, "cannot remove current %s", - output_name.ds_string); - continue; /* Go to the next file. */ - } - } - - /* Do the real copy or link. */ - if (S_ISREG (in_file_stat.st_mode)) - { -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - /* Can the current file be linked to a another file? - Set link_name to the original file name. */ - if (link_flag) - /* User said to link it if possible. Try and link to - the original copy. If that fails we'll still try - and link to a copy we've already made. */ - link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string, - input_name.ds_string); - if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) ) - link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string, - major (in_file_stat.st_dev), - minor (in_file_stat.st_dev), - in_file_stat.st_ino); -#endif - - /* If the file was not linked, copy contents of file. */ - if (link_res < 0) - { - in_file_des = open (input_name.ds_string, - O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0); - if (in_file_des < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string); - continue; - } - out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string, - O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600); - if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string); - out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string, - O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600); - } - if (out_file_des < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - close (in_file_des); - continue; - } - - copy_files (in_file_des, out_file_des, in_file_stat.st_size); - empty_output_buffer (out_file_des); - if (close (in_file_des) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string); - if (close (out_file_des) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - - /* Set the attributes of the new file. */ - if (!no_chown_flag) - if ((chown (output_name.ds_string, - set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid, - set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0) - && errno != EPERM) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */ - if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - if (reset_time_flag) - { - times.actime = in_file_stat.st_atime; - times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime; - if (utime (input_name.ds_string, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string); - if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - } - if (retain_time_flag) - { - times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime; - if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - } - } - } - else if (S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode)) - { -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - cdf_flag = 0; -#endif - if (!existing_dir) - { -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - /* If the directory name ends in a + and is SUID, - then it is a CDF. Strip the trailing + from the name - before creating it. */ - cdf_char = strlen (output_name.ds_string) - 1; - if ( (cdf_char > 0) && - (in_file_stat.st_mode & 04000) && - (output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] == '+') ) - { - output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] = '\0'; - cdf_flag = 1; - } -#endif - res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode); - - } - else - res = 0; - if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string); - res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode); - } - if (res < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - continue; - } - if (!no_chown_flag) - if ((chown (output_name.ds_string, - set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid, - set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0) - && errno != EPERM) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */ - if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - if (cdf_flag) - /* Once we "hide" the directory with the chmod(), - we have to refer to it using name+ isntead of name. */ - output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] = '+'; -#endif - if (retain_time_flag) - { - times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime; - if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - } - } -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - else if (S_ISCHR (in_file_stat.st_mode) || - S_ISBLK (in_file_stat.st_mode) || -#ifdef S_ISFIFO - S_ISFIFO (in_file_stat.st_mode) || -#endif -#ifdef S_ISSOCK - S_ISSOCK (in_file_stat.st_mode) || -#endif - 0) - { - /* Can the current file be linked to a another file? - Set link_name to the original file name. */ - if (link_flag) - /* User said to link it if possible. */ - link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string, - input_name.ds_string); - if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) ) - link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string, - major (in_file_stat.st_dev), - minor (in_file_stat.st_dev), - in_file_stat.st_ino); - - if (link_res < 0) - { - res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode, - in_file_stat.st_rdev); - if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string); - res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode, - in_file_stat.st_rdev); - } - if (res < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - continue; - } - if (!no_chown_flag) - if ((chown (output_name.ds_string, - set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid, - set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0) - && errno != EPERM) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */ - if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - if (retain_time_flag) - { - times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime; - if (utime (output_name.ds_string, ×) < 0) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - } - } - } -#endif - -#ifdef S_ISLNK - else if (S_ISLNK (in_file_stat.st_mode)) - { - char *link_name; - link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) in_file_stat.st_size + 1); - - if (readlink (input_name.ds_string, link_name, - in_file_stat.st_size) < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string); - free (link_name); - continue; - } - link_name[in_file_stat.st_size] = '\0'; - - res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string, - in_file_stat.st_mode); - if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string); - res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string, - in_file_stat.st_mode); - } - if (res < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - free (link_name); - continue; - } - - /* Set the attributes of the new link. */ - if (!no_chown_flag) - if ((lchown (output_name.ds_string, - set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid, - set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0) - && errno != EPERM) - error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string); - free (link_name); - } -#endif - else - { - error (0, 0, "%s: unknown file type", input_name.ds_string); - } - - if (verbose_flag) - fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", output_name.ds_string); - if (dot_flag) - fputc ('.', stderr); - } - - if (dot_flag) - fputc ('\n', stderr); - res = (output_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size; - if (res == 1) - fprintf (stderr, "1 block\n"); - else - fprintf (stderr, "%d blocks\n", res); -} - -/* Try and create a hard link from FILE_NAME to another file - with the given major/minor device number and inode. If no other - file with the same major/minor/inode numbers is known, add this file - to the list of known files and associated major/minor/inode numbers - and return -1. If another file with the same major/minor/inode - numbers is found, try and create another link to it using - link_to_name, and return 0 for success and -1 for failure. */ - -int -link_to_maj_min_ino (file_name, st_dev_maj, st_dev_min, st_ino) - char *file_name; - int st_dev_maj; - int st_dev_min; - int st_ino; -{ - int link_res; - char *link_name; - link_res = -1; -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - /* Is the file a link to a previously copied file? */ - link_name = find_inode_file (st_ino, - st_dev_maj, - st_dev_min); - if (link_name == NULL) - add_inode (st_ino, file_name, - st_dev_maj, - st_dev_min); - else - link_res = link_to_name (file_name, link_name); -#endif - return link_res; -} - -/* Try and create a hard link from LINK_NAME to LINK_TARGET. If - `create_dir_flag' is set, any non-existent (parent) directories - needed by LINK_NAME will be created. If the link is successfully - created and `verbose_flag' is set, print "LINK_TARGET linked to LINK_NAME\n". - If the link can not be created and `link_flag' is set, print - "cannot link LINK_TARGET to LINK_NAME\n". Return 0 if the link - is created, -1 otherwise. */ - -int -link_to_name (link_name, link_target) - char *link_name; - char *link_target; -{ - int res; -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - res = -1; -#else /* not __MSDOS__ */ - res = link (link_target, link_name); - if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag) - { - create_all_directories (link_name); - res = link (link_target, link_name); - } - if (res == 0) - { - if (verbose_flag) - error (0, 0, "%s linked to %s", - link_target, link_name); - } - else if (link_flag) - { - error (0, errno, "cannot link %s to %s", - link_target, link_name); - } -#endif /* not __MSDOS__ */ - return res; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/cpio.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/cpio.1 deleted file mode 100644 index 4496ef9..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/cpio.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,312 +0,0 @@ -.TH CPIO 1L \" -*- nroff -*- -.SH NAME -cpio \- copy files to and from archives -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B cpio -{\-o|\-\-create} [\-0acvABLV] [\-C bytes] [\-H format] [\-M message] -[\-O [[user@]host:]archive] [\-F [[user@]host:]archive] -[\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-format=format] [\-\-message=message] -[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot] [\-\-append] -[\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-dereference] [\-\-io-size=bytes] -[\-\-help] [\-\-version] < name-list [> archive] - -.B cpio -{\-i|\-\-extract} [\-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [\-C bytes] [\-E file] [\-H format] -[\-M message] [\-R [user][:.][group]] [\-I [[user@]host:]archive] -[\-F [[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive] -[\-\-make-directories] [\-\-nonmatching] [\-\-preserve-modification-time] -[\-\-numeric-uid-gid] [\-\-rename] [\-\-list] [\-\-swap-bytes] [\-\-swap] [\-\-dot] -[\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-swap-halfwords] -[\-\-io-size=bytes] [\-\-pattern-file=file] [\-\-format=format] -[\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner] [\-\-message=message] -[\-\-help] [\-\-version] [pattern...] [< archive] - -.B cpio -{\-p|\-\-pass-through} [\-0adlmuvLV] [\-R [user][:.][group]] -[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-make-directories] [\-\-link] -[\-\-preserve-modification-time] [\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot] -[\-\-dereference] [\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner] -[\-\-help] [\-\-version] destination-directory < name-list -.SH DESCRIPTION -This manual page -documents the GNU version of -.BR cpio . -.B cpio -copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, which is a file that -contains other files plus information about them, such as their -pathname, owner, timestamps, and access permissions. The archive can -be another file on the disk, a magnetic tape, or a pipe. -.B cpio -has three operating modes. -.PP -In copy-out mode, -.B cpio -copies files into an archive. It reads a list of filenames, one per -line, on the standard input, and writes the archive onto the standard -output. A typical way to generate the list of filenames is with the -.B find -command; you should give -.B find -the \-d option to minimize problems with permissions on -directories that are unwritable or not searchable. -.PP -In copy-in mode, -.B cpio -copies files out of an archive or lists the archive contents. It -reads the archive from the standard input. Any non-option command -line arguments are shell globbing patterns; only files in the archive -whose names match one or more of those patterns are copied from the -archive. Unlike in the shell, an initial `.' in a filename does -match a wildcard at the start of a pattern, and a `/' in a filename -can match wildcards. If no patterns are given, all files are -extracted. -.PP -In copy-pass mode, -.B cpio -copies files from one directory tree to another, combining the -copy-out and copy-in steps without actually using an archive. -It reads the list of files to copy from the standard input; the -directory into which it will copy them is given as a non-option -argument. -.PP -.B cpio -supports the following archive formats: binary, old ASCII, new -ASCII, crc, HPUX binary, HPUX old ASCII, old tar, and POSIX.1 tar. -The binary format -is obsolete because it encodes information about the files in a way -that is not portable between different machine architectures. -The old ASCII format is portable between different machine architectures, -but should not be used on file systems with more than 65536 i-nodes. -The new ASCII format is portable between different machine architectures -and can be used on any size file system, but is not supported by all -versions of -.BR cpio ; -currently, it is only supported by GNU and Unix System V R4. -The crc format is -like the new ASCII format, but also contains a checksum for each file -which -.B cpio -calculates when creating an archive -and verifies when the file is extracted from the archive. -The HPUX formats are provided for compatibility with HPUX's cpio which -stores device files differently. -.PP -The tar format is provided for compatibility with -the -.B tar -program. It can not be used to archive files with names -longer than 100 characters, and can not be used to archive "special" -(block or character devices) files. -The POSIX.1 tar format can not be used to archive files with names longer -than 255 characters (less unless they have a "/" in just the right place). -.PP -By default, -.B cpio -creates binary format archives, for compatibility with -older -.B cpio -programs. -When extracting from archives, -.B cpio -automatically recognizes which kind of archive it is reading and can -read archives created on machines with a different byte-order. -.PP -Some of the options to -.B cpio -apply only to certain operating modes; see the SYNOPSIS section for a -list of which options are allowed in which modes. -.SS OPTIONS -.TP -.I "\-0, \-\-null" -In copy-out and copy-pass modes, read a list of filenames terminated -by a null character instead of a newline, so that files whose names -contain newlines can be archived. GNU -.B find -is one way to produce a list of null-terminated filenames. -.TP -.I "\-a, \-\-reset-access-time" -Reset the access times of files after reading them, so that it does -not look like they have just been read. -.TP -.I "\-A, \-\-append" -Append to an existing archive. Only works in copy-out mode. The -archive must be a disk file specified with the -.I \-O -or -.I "\-F (\-\-file)" -option. -.TP -.I "\-b, \-\-swap" -In copy-in mode, swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords -in the data. Equivalent to -.IR "\-sS" . -Use this option to convert 32-bit integers between big-endian and -little-endian machines. -.TP -.I "\-B" -Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes. Initially the block size is 512 -bytes. -.TP -.I "\-\-block-size=BLOCK-SIZE" -Set the I/O block size to BLOCK-SIZE * 512 bytes. -.TP -.I "\-c" -Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format. -.TP -.I "\-C IO-SIZE, \-\-io-size=IO-SIZE" -Set the I/O block size to IO-SIZE bytes. -.TP -.I "\-d, \-\-make-directories" -Create leading directories where needed. -.TP -.I "\-E FILE, \-\-pattern-file=FILE" -In copy-in mode, read additional patterns specifying filenames to -extract or list from FILE. The lines of FILE are treated as if they -had been non-option arguments to -.BR cpio . -.TP -.I "\-f, \-\-nonmatching" -Only copy files that do not match any of the given patterns. -.TP -.I "\-F, \-\-file=archive" -Archive filename to use instead of standard input or output. To use a -tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that -starts with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a -username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if -you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's -`~/.rhosts' file). -.TP -.I "\-\-force-local" -With -.IR \-F , -.IR \-I , -or -.IR \-O , -take the archive file name to be a local file even if it contains a -colon, which would ordinarily indicate a remote host name. -.TP -.I "\-H FORMAT, \-\-format=FORMAT" -Use archive format FORMAT. The valid formats are listed below; -the same names are also recognized in all-caps. The default in -copy-in mode is to automatically detect the archive format, and in -copy-out mode is "bin". -.RS -.IP bin -The obsolete binary format. -.IP odc -The old (POSIX.1) portable format. -.IP newc -The new (SVR4) portable format, which supports file systems having -more than 65536 i-nodes. -.IP crc -The new (SVR4) portable format with a checksum added. -.IP tar -The old tar format. -.IP ustar -The POSIX.1 tar format. Also recognizes GNU -.B tar -archives, which are similar but not identical. -.IP hpbin -The obsolete binary format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files -differently). -.IP hpodc -The portable format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files differently). -.RE -.TP -.I "\-i, \-\-extract" -Run in copy-in mode. -.TP -.I "\-I archive" -Archive filename to use instead of standard input. To use a -tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that -starts with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a -username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if -you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's -`~/.rhosts' file). -.TP -.I \-k -Ignored; for compatibility with other versions of -.BR cpio . -.TP -.I "\-l, \-\-link" -Link files instead of copying them, when possible (usable only with the -.I \-p -option). -.TP -.I "\-L, \-\-dereference" -Dereference symbolic links (copy the files that they point to instead -of copying the links). -.TP -.I "\-m, \-\-preserve-modification-time" -Retain previous file modification times when creating files. -.TP -.I "\-M MESSAGE, \-\-message=MESSAGE" -Print MESSAGE when the end of a volume of the backup media (such as a -tape or a floppy disk) is reached, to prompt the user to insert a new -volume. If MESSAGE contains the string "%d", it is replaced by the -current volume number (starting at 1). -.TP -.I "\-n, \-\-numeric-uid-gid" -In the verbose table of contents listing, show numeric UID and GID -instead of translating them into names. -.TP -.I " \-\-no-preserve-owner" -In copy-in mode and copy-pass mode, do not change the ownership of the -files; leave them owned by the user extracting them. This is the -default for non-root users, so that users on System V don't -inadvertantly give away files. -.TP -.I "\-o, \-\-create" -Run in copy-out mode. -.TP -.I "\-O archive" -Archive filename to use instead of standard output. To use a -tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that -starts with `HOSTNAME:'. The hostname can be preceded by a -username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if -you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's -`~/.rhosts' file). -.TP -.I "\-p, \-\-pass-through" -Run in copy-pass mode. -.TP -.I "\-r, \-\-rename" -Interactively rename files. -.TP -.I "\-R [user][:.][group], \-\-owner [user][:.][group]" -In copy-out and copy-pass modes, set the ownership of all files -created to the specified user and/or group. Either the user or the -group, or both, must be present. If the group is omitted but the ":" -or "." separator is given, use the given user's login group. Only the -super-user can change files' ownership. -.TP -.I "\-s, \-\-swap-bytes" -In copy-in mode, swap the bytes of each halfword (pair of bytes) in -the files. -.TP -.I "\-S, \-\-swap-halfwords" -In copy-in mode, swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the -files. -.TP -.I "\-t, \-\-list" -Print a table of contents of the input. -.TP -.I "\-u, \-\-unconditional" -Replace all files, without asking whether to replace existing newer -files with older files. -.TP -.I "\-v, \-\-verbose" -List the files processed, or with -.IR \-t , -give an `ls \-l' style table of contents listing. In a verbose table -of contents of a ustar archive, user and group names in the archive -that do not exist on the local system are replaced by the names that -correspond locally to the numeric UID and GID stored in the archive. -.TP -.I "\-V \-\-dot" -Print a "." for each file processed. -.TP -.I "\-\-version" -Print the -.B cpio -program version number and exit. diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/cpio.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/cpio.h deleted file mode 100644 index 537da72..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/cpio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -/* Extended cpio format from POSIX.1. - Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifndef _CPIO_H - -#define _CPIO_H 1 - -/* A cpio archive consists of a sequence of files. - Each file has a 76 byte header, - a variable length, NUL terminated filename, - and variable length file data. - A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive. */ - -/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings - of octal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated. - - Field Name Length in Bytes Notes - c_magic 6 must be "070707" - c_dev 6 - c_ino 6 - c_mode 6 see below for value - c_uid 6 - c_gid 6 - c_nlink 6 - c_rdev 6 only valid for chr and blk special files - c_mtime 11 - c_namesize 6 count includes terminating NUL in pathname - c_filesize 11 must be 0 for FIFOs and directories */ - -/* Values for c_mode, OR'd together: */ - -#define C_IRUSR 000400 -#define C_IWUSR 000200 -#define C_IXUSR 000100 -#define C_IRGRP 000040 -#define C_IWGRP 000020 -#define C_IXGRP 000010 -#define C_IROTH 000004 -#define C_IWOTH 000002 -#define C_IXOTH 000001 - -#define C_ISUID 004000 -#define C_ISGID 002000 -#define C_ISVTX 001000 - -#define C_ISBLK 060000 -#define C_ISCHR 020000 -#define C_ISDIR 040000 -#define C_ISFIFO 010000 -#define C_ISSOCK 0140000 -#define C_ISLNK 0120000 -#define C_ISCTG 0110000 -#define C_ISREG 0100000 - -#endif /* cpio.h */ diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/cpiohdr.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/cpiohdr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9694af6..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/cpiohdr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -/* Extended cpio header from POSIX.1. - Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifndef _CPIOHDR_H - -#define _CPIOHDR_H 1 - -#include <cpio.h> - -struct old_cpio_header -{ - unsigned short c_magic; - short c_dev; - unsigned short c_ino; - unsigned short c_mode; - unsigned short c_uid; - unsigned short c_gid; - unsigned short c_nlink; - short c_rdev; - unsigned short c_mtimes[2]; - unsigned short c_namesize; - unsigned short c_filesizes[2]; - unsigned long c_mtime; /* Long-aligned copy of `c_mtimes'. */ - unsigned long c_filesize; /* Long-aligned copy of `c_filesizes'. */ - char *c_name; -}; - -/* "New" portable format and CRC format: - - Each file has a 110 byte header, - a variable length, NUL terminated filename, - and variable length file data. - A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive. */ - -/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings - of hexadecimal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated. - - Field Name Length in Bytes Notes - c_magic 6 "070701" for "new" portable format - "070702" for CRC format - c_ino 8 - c_mode 8 - c_uid 8 - c_gid 8 - c_nlink 8 - c_mtime 8 - c_filesize 8 must be 0 for FIFOs and directories - c_maj 8 - c_min 8 - c_rmaj 8 only valid for chr and blk special files - c_rmin 8 only valid for chr and blk special files - c_namesize 8 count includes terminating NUL in pathname - c_chksum 8 0 for "new" portable format; for CRC format - the sum of all the bytes in the file */ - -struct new_cpio_header -{ - unsigned short c_magic; - unsigned long c_ino; - unsigned long c_mode; - unsigned long c_uid; - unsigned long c_gid; - unsigned long c_nlink; - unsigned long c_mtime; - unsigned long c_filesize; - long c_dev_maj; - long c_dev_min; - long c_rdev_maj; - long c_rdev_min; - unsigned long c_namesize; - unsigned long c_chksum; - char *c_name; - char *c_tar_linkname; -}; - -#endif /* cpiohdr.h */ diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/defer.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/defer.c deleted file mode 100644 index efe60e0..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/defer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -/* defer.c - handle "defered" links in newc and crc archives - Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include "system.h" -#include "cpiohdr.h" -#include "extern.h" -#include "defer.h" - -struct deferment * -create_deferment (file_hdr) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; -{ - struct deferment *d; - d = (struct deferment *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct deferment) ); - d->header = *file_hdr; - d->header.c_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (file_hdr->c_name) + 1); - strcpy (d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name); - return d; -} - -void -free_deferment (d) - struct deferment *d; -{ - free (d->header.c_name); - free (d); -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/defer.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/defer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 89abffe..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/defer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -struct deferment - { - struct deferment *next; - struct new_cpio_header header; - }; - -struct deferment *create_deferment P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr)); -void free_deferment P_((struct deferment *d)); diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/dirname.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/dirname.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5a92ce5..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/dirname.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path - Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -#include <stdlib.h> -#else -char *malloc (); -#endif -#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H) -#include <string.h> -#ifndef rindex -#define rindex strrchr -#endif -#else -#include <strings.h> -#endif - -/* Return the leading directories part of PATH, - allocated with malloc. If out of memory, return 0. - Assumes that trailing slashes have already been - removed. */ - -char * -dirname (path) - char *path; -{ - char *newpath; - char *slash; - int length; /* Length of result, not including NUL. */ - - slash = rindex (path, '/'); - if (slash == 0) - { - /* File is in the current directory. */ - path = "."; - length = 1; - } - else - { - /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result. */ - while (slash > path && *slash == '/') - --slash; - - length = slash - path + 1; - } - newpath = malloc (length + 1); - if (newpath == 0) - return 0; - strncpy (newpath, path, length); - newpath[length] = 0; - return newpath; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/dstring.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/dstring.c deleted file mode 100644 index 26d6bbc..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/dstring.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -/* dstring.c - The dynamic string handling routines used by cpio. - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS) -#include <string.h> -#else -#include <strings.h> -#endif -#include "dstring.h" - -#if __STDC__ -# define P_(s) s -#else -# define P_(s) () -#endif -char *xmalloc P_((unsigned n)); -char *xrealloc P_((char *p, unsigned n)); - -/* Initialiaze dynamic string STRING with space for SIZE characters. */ - -void -ds_init (string, size) - dynamic_string *string; - int size; -{ - string->ds_length = size; - string->ds_string = (char *) xmalloc (size); -} - -/* Expand dynamic string STRING, if necessary, to hold SIZE characters. */ - -void -ds_resize (string, size) - dynamic_string *string; - int size; -{ - if (size > string->ds_length) - { - string->ds_length = size; - string->ds_string = (char *) xrealloc ((char *) string->ds_string, size); - } -} - -/* Dynamic string S gets a string terminated by the EOS character - (which is removed) from file F. S will increase - in size during the function if the string from F is longer than - the current size of S. - Return NULL if end of file is detected. Otherwise, - Return a pointer to the null-terminated string in S. */ - -char * -ds_fgetstr (f, s, eos) - FILE *f; - dynamic_string *s; - char eos; -{ - int insize; /* Amount needed for line. */ - int strsize; /* Amount allocated for S. */ - int next_ch; - - /* Initialize. */ - insize = 0; - strsize = s->ds_length; - - /* Read the input string. */ - next_ch = getc (f); - while (next_ch != eos && next_ch != EOF) - { - if (insize >= strsize - 1) - { - ds_resize (s, strsize * 2 + 2); - strsize = s->ds_length; - } - s->ds_string[insize++] = next_ch; - next_ch = getc (f); - } - s->ds_string[insize++] = '\0'; - - if (insize == 1 && next_ch == EOF) - return NULL; - else - return s->ds_string; -} - -char * -ds_fgets (f, s) - FILE *f; - dynamic_string *s; -{ - return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\n'); -} - -char * -ds_fgetname (f, s) - FILE *f; - dynamic_string *s; -{ - return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\0'); -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/dstring.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/dstring.h deleted file mode 100644 index 369da0b..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/dstring.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -/* dstring.h - Dynamic string handling include file. Requires strings.h. - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifndef NULL -#define NULL 0 -#endif - -/* A dynamic string consists of record that records the size of an - allocated string and the pointer to that string. The actual string - is a normal zero byte terminated string that can be used with the - usual string functions. The major difference is that the - dynamic_string routines know how to get more space if it is needed - by allocating new space and copying the current string. */ - -typedef struct -{ - int ds_length; /* Actual amount of storage allocated. */ - char *ds_string; /* String. */ -} dynamic_string; - - -/* Macros that look similar to the original string functions. - WARNING: These macros work only on pointers to dynamic string records. - If used with a real record, an "&" must be used to get the pointer. */ -#define ds_strlen(s) strlen ((s)->ds_string) -#define ds_strcmp(s1, s2) strcmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string) -#define ds_strncmp(s1, s2, n) strncmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string, n) -#define ds_index(s, c) index ((s)->ds_string, c) -#define ds_rindex(s, c) rindex ((s)->ds_string, c) - -void ds_init (); -void ds_resize (); -char *ds_fgetname (); -char *ds_fgets (); -char *ds_fgetstr (); diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/error.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/error.c deleted file mode 100644 index e849c5b..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/error.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -/* Written by David MacKenzie. */ - -#include <stdio.h> - -#ifdef HAVE_VPRINTF - -#if __STDC__ -#include <stdarg.h> -#define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg) -#else /* !__STDC__ */ -#include <varargs.h> -#define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args) -#endif /* !__STDC__ */ - -#else /* !HAVE_VPRINTF */ - -#ifdef HAVE_DOPRNT -#define va_alist args -#define va_dcl int args; -#else /* !HAVE_DOPRNT */ -#define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8 -#define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8; -#endif /* !HAVE_DOPRNT */ - -#endif /* !HAVE_VPRINTF */ - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> -#else /* !STDC_HEADERS */ -void exit (); -#endif /* !STDC_HEADERS */ - -extern char *program_name; - -#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR -static char * -private_strerror (errnum) - int errnum; -{ - extern char *sys_errlist[]; - extern int sys_nerr; - - if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr) - return sys_errlist[errnum]; - return "Unknown system error"; -} -#define strerror private_strerror -#endif /* !HAVE_STRERROR */ - -/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style - format string with optional args. - If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message. - Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */ -/* VARARGS */ -void -#if defined (HAVE_VPRINTF) && __STDC__ -error (int status, int errnum, char *message, ...) -#else /* !HAVE_VPRINTF or !__STDC__ */ -error (status, errnum, message, va_alist) - int status; - int errnum; - char *message; - va_dcl -#endif /* !HAVE_VPRINTF or !__STDC__ */ -{ -#ifdef HAVE_VPRINTF - va_list args; -#endif /* HAVE_VPRINTF */ - - fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name); -#ifdef HAVE_VPRINTF - VA_START (args, message); - vfprintf (stderr, message, args); - va_end (args); -#else /* !HAVE_VPRINTF */ -#ifdef HAVE_DOPRNT - _doprnt (message, &args, stderr); -#else /* !HAVE_DOPRNT */ - fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); -#endif /* !HAVE_DOPRNT */ -#endif /* !HAVE_VPRINTF */ - if (errnum) - fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum)); - putc ('\n', stderr); - fflush (stderr); - if (status) - exit (status); -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/extern.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/extern.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6009f19..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/extern.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/* extern.h - External declarations for cpio. Requires system.h. - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -enum archive_format -{ - arf_unknown, arf_binary, arf_oldascii, arf_newascii, arf_crcascii, - arf_tar, arf_ustar, arf_hpoldascii, arf_hpbinary -}; -extern enum archive_format archive_format; -extern int reset_time_flag; -extern int io_block_size; -extern int create_dir_flag; -extern int rename_flag; -extern int table_flag; -extern int unconditional_flag; -extern int verbose_flag; -extern int dot_flag; -extern int link_flag; -extern int retain_time_flag; -extern int crc_i_flag; -extern int append_flag; -extern int swap_bytes_flag; -extern int swap_halfwords_flag; -extern int swapping_bytes; -extern int swapping_halfwords; -extern int set_owner_flag; -extern uid_t set_owner; -extern int set_group_flag; -extern gid_t set_group; -extern int no_chown_flag; -extern int last_header_start; -extern int copy_matching_files; -extern int numeric_uid; -extern char *pattern_file_name; -extern char *new_media_message; -extern char *new_media_message_with_number; -extern char *new_media_message_after_number; -extern int archive_des; -extern char *archive_name; -extern unsigned long crc; -#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO -extern int debug_flag; -#endif - -extern char *input_buffer, *output_buffer; -extern char *in_buff, *out_buff; -extern long input_size, output_size; -extern long input_bytes, output_bytes; -extern char zeros_512[]; -extern char *directory_name; -extern char **save_patterns; -extern int num_patterns; -extern char name_end; -extern char input_is_special; -extern char output_is_special; -extern char input_is_seekable; -extern char output_is_seekable; -extern int f_force_local; -extern char *program_name; -extern int (*xstat) (); -extern void (*copy_function) (); - -#if __STDC__ || defined(__MSDOS__) -# define P_(s) s -#else -# define P_(s) () -#endif - -/* copyin.c */ -void read_in_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des)); -void read_in_old_ascii P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des)); -void read_in_new_ascii P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des)); -void read_in_binary P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des)); -void swab_array P_((char *arg, int count)); -void process_copy_in P_((void)); -void long_format P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, char *link_name)); -void print_name_with_quoting P_((char *p)); - -/* copyout.c */ -void write_out_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int out_des)); -void process_copy_out P_((void)); - -/* copypass.c */ -void process_copy_pass P_((void)); - -/* dirname.c */ -char *dirname P_((char *path)); - -/* error.c */ -void error P_((int status, int errnum, char *message, ...)); - -/* filemode.c */ -void mode_string P_((unsigned int mode, char *str)); - -/* idcache.c */ -#ifndef __MSDOS__ -char *getgroup (); -char *getuser (); -uid_t *getuidbyname (); -gid_t *getgidbyname (); -#endif - -/* lchown.c */ -#ifdef HAVE_LCHOWN -int lchown P_((const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group)); -#endif - -/* main.c */ -void process_args P_((int argc, char *argv[])); -void initialize_buffers P_((void)); - -/* makepath.c */ -int make_path P_((char *argpath, int mode, int parent_mode, - uid_t owner, gid_t group, char *verbose_fmt_string)); - -/* stripslash.c */ -void strip_trailing_slashes P_((char *path)); - -/* tar.c */ -void write_out_tar_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int out_des)); -int null_block P_((long *block, int size)); -void read_in_tar_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des)); -int otoa P_((char *s, unsigned long *n)); -int is_tar_header P_((char *buf)); -int is_tar_filename_too_long P_((char *name)); - -/* userspec.c */ -#ifndef __MSDOS__ -char *parse_user_spec P_((char *name, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid, - char **username, char **groupname)); -#endif - -/* util.c */ -void empty_output_buffer P_((int out_des)); -void swahw_array P_((char *ptr, int count)); -void fill_input_buffer P_((int in_des, int num_bytes)); -void copy_buf_out P_((char *in_buf, int out_des, long num_bytes)); -void copy_in_buf P_((char *in_buf, int in_des, long num_bytes)); -int peek_in_buf P_((char *peek_buf, int in_des, int num_bytes)); -void toss_input P_((int in_des, long num_bytes)); -void copy_files P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes)); -void create_all_directories P_((char *name)); -void prepare_append P_((int out_file_des)); -char *find_inode_file P_((unsigned long node_num, - unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num)); -void add_inode P_((unsigned long node_num, char *file_name, - unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num)); -int open_archive P_((char *file)); -void tape_offline P_((int tape_des)); -void get_next_reel P_((int tape_des)); -void set_new_media_message P_((char *message)); -#ifdef __MSDOS__ -int chown P_((char *path, int owner, int group)); -#endif -#ifdef __TURBOC__ -int utime P_((char *filename, struct utimbuf *utb)); -#endif -#ifdef HPUX_CDF -char *add_cdf_double_slashes P_((char *filename)); -#endif - -/* xmalloc.c */ -char *xmalloc P_((unsigned n)); -char *xrealloc P_((char *p, unsigned n)); - -/* xstrdup.c */ -char *xstrdup P_((char *string)); diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/filemode.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/filemode.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9293af6..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/filemode.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes - Copyright (C) 1985, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> - -#ifndef S_IREAD -#define S_IREAD S_IRUSR -#define S_IWRITE S_IWUSR -#define S_IEXEC S_IXUSR -#endif - -#if !defined(S_ISREG) || defined(NO_MODE_T) -/* Doesn't have POSIX.1 stat stuff or doesn't have mode_t. */ -#define mode_t unsigned short -#endif - -#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK) -#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR) -#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR) -#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG) -#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO) -#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK) -#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK) -#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */ -#define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB) -#define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */ -#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK) -#endif - -void mode_string (); -static char ftypelet (); -static void rwx (); -static void setst (); - -/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII - representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP. - 10 characters are stored in STR; no terminating null is added. - The characters stored in STR are: - - 0 File type. 'd' for directory, 'c' for character - special, 'b' for block special, 'm' for multiplex, - 'l' for symbolic link, 's' for socket, 'p' for fifo, - '-' for regular, '?' for any other file type - - 1 'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise. - - 2 'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise. - - 3 'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is - set-user-id, '-' otherwise. - 'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute - bit isn't set. - - 4 'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise. - - 5 'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise. - - 6 'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is - set-group-id, '-' otherwise. - 'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable. - - 7 'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise. - - 8 'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise. - - 9 'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky" - (will be retained in swap space after execution), '-' - otherwise. - 'T' if the file is sticky but not executable. */ - -void -filemodestring (statp, str) - struct stat *statp; - char *str; -{ - mode_string (statp->st_mode, str); -} - -/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat' - is given as an argument. */ - -void -mode_string (mode, str) - unsigned short mode; - char *str; -{ - str[0] = ftypelet (mode); - rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]); - rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]); - rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]); - setst (mode, str); -} - -/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by - file mode BITS: - 'd' for directories - 'b' for block special files - 'c' for character special files - 'm' for multiplexor files - 'l' for symbolic links - 's' for sockets - 'p' for fifos - '-' for regular files - '?' for any other file type. */ - -static char -ftypelet (bits) - mode_t bits; -{ -#ifdef S_ISBLK - if (S_ISBLK (bits)) - return 'b'; -#endif - if (S_ISCHR (bits)) - return 'c'; - if (S_ISDIR (bits)) - return 'd'; - if (S_ISREG (bits)) - return '-'; -#ifdef S_ISFIFO - if (S_ISFIFO (bits)) - return 'p'; -#endif -#ifdef S_ISLNK - if (S_ISLNK (bits)) - return 'l'; -#endif -#ifdef S_ISSOCK - if (S_ISSOCK (bits)) - return 's'; -#endif -#ifdef S_ISMPC - if (S_ISMPC (bits)) - return 'm'; -#endif -#ifdef S_ISNWK - if (S_ISNWK (bits)) - return 'n'; -#endif - return '?'; -} - -/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set - flags in CHARS accordingly. */ - -static void -rwx (bits, chars) - unsigned short bits; - char *chars; -{ - chars[0] = (bits & S_IREAD) ? 'r' : '-'; - chars[1] = (bits & S_IWRITE) ? 'w' : '-'; - chars[2] = (bits & S_IEXEC) ? 'x' : '-'; -} - -/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS, - according to the file mode BITS. */ - -static void -setst (bits, chars) - unsigned short bits; - char *chars; -{ -#ifdef S_ISUID - if (bits & S_ISUID) - { - if (chars[3] != 'x') - /* Set-uid, but not executable by owner. */ - chars[3] = 'S'; - else - chars[3] = 's'; - } -#endif -#ifdef S_ISGID - if (bits & S_ISGID) - { - if (chars[6] != 'x') - /* Set-gid, but not executable by group. */ - chars[6] = 'S'; - else - chars[6] = 's'; - } -#endif -#ifdef S_ISVTX - if (bits & S_ISVTX) - { - if (chars[9] != 'x') - /* Sticky, but not executable by others. */ - chars[9] = 'T'; - else - chars[9] = 't'; - } -#endif -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/filetypes.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/filetypes.h deleted file mode 100644 index 46a79a9..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/filetypes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/* filetypes.h - deal with POSIX annoyances - Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -/* Include sys/types.h and sys/stat.h before this file. */ - -#ifndef S_ISREG /* Doesn't have POSIX.1 stat stuff. */ -#define mode_t unsigned short -#endif - -/* Define the POSIX macros for systems that lack them. */ -#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK) -#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR) -#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR) -#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG) -#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO) -#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK) -#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK) -#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK) -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX network special */ -#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK) -#endif - -/* Define the file type bits used in cpio archives. - They have the same values as the S_IF bits in traditional Unix. */ - -#define CP_IFMT 0170000 /* Mask for all file type bits. */ - -#if defined(S_ISBLK) -#define CP_IFBLK 0060000 -#endif -#if defined(S_ISCHR) -#define CP_IFCHR 0020000 -#endif -#if defined(S_ISDIR) -#define CP_IFDIR 0040000 -#endif -#if defined(S_ISREG) -#define CP_IFREG 0100000 -#endif -#if defined(S_ISFIFO) -#define CP_IFIFO 0010000 -#endif -#if defined(S_ISLNK) -#define CP_IFLNK 0120000 -#endif -#if defined(S_ISSOCK) -#define CP_IFSOCK 0140000 -#endif -#if defined(S_ISNWK) -#define CP_IFNWK 0110000 -#endif - -#ifndef S_ISLNK -#define lstat stat -#endif -int lstat (); -int stat (); diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/getopt.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/getopt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2867a90..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/getopt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,744 +0,0 @@ -/* Getopt for GNU. - NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what - "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu - before changing it! - - Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any - later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -#if !__STDC__ && !defined(const) && IN_GCC -#define const -#endif - -/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>. */ -#ifndef _NO_PROTO -#define _NO_PROTO -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not - actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C - Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling - and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library - (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU - program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, - it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ - -#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) - - -/* This needs to come after some library #include - to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them - contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif /* GNU C library. */ - -/* If GETOPT_COMPAT is defined, `+' as well as `--' can introduce a - long-named option. Because this is not POSIX.2 compliant, it is - being phased out. */ -/* #define GETOPT_COMPAT */ - -/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' - but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user - to intersperse the options with the other arguments. - - As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, - when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus - all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. - - Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. - Then the behavior is completely standard. - - GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which - they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ - -#include "getopt.h" - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -char *optarg = 0; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ -int optind = 0; - -/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element - in which the last option character we returned was found. - This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. - - If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan - by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ - -static char *nextchar; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message - for unrecognized options. */ - -int opterr = 1; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. - This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the - system's own getopt implementation. */ - -int optopt = '?'; - -/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. - - If the caller did not specify anything, - the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable - POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. - - REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; - stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. - This is what Unix does. - This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment - variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character - of the list of option characters. - - PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, - so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options - to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to - expect this. - - RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written - to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about - the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element - as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. - Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters - selects this mode of operation. - - The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless - of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only - `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */ - -static enum -{ - REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER -} ordering; - -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries - because there are many ways it can cause trouble. - On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work - in GCC. */ -#include <string.h> -#define my_index strchr -#else - -/* Avoid depending on library functions or files - whose names are inconsistent. */ - -char *getenv (); - -static char * -my_index (str, chr) - const char *str; - int chr; -{ - while (*str) - { - if (*str == chr) - return (char *) str; - str++; - } - return 0; -} - -/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. - If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -#ifdef IN_GCC -#include "gstddef.h" -#else -#include <stddef.h> -#endif -extern size_t strlen (const char *); -#endif - -#endif /* GNU C library. */ - -/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ - -/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have - been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; - `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ - -static int first_nonopt; -static int last_nonopt; - -/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. - One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) - which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. - The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all - the options processed since those non-options were skipped. - - `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe - the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ - -static void -exchange (argv) - char **argv; -{ - int bottom = first_nonopt; - int middle = last_nonopt; - int top = optind; - char *tem; - - /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. - That puts the shorter segment into the right place. - It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, - but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ - - while (top > middle && middle > bottom) - { - if (top - middle > middle - bottom) - { - /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ - int len = middle - bottom; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; - argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; - } - /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ - top -= len; - } - else - { - /* Top segment is the short one. */ - int len = top - middle; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; - argv[middle + i] = tem; - } - /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ - bottom += len; - } - } - - /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ - - first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); - last_nonopt = optind; -} - -/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters - given in OPTSTRING. - - If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", - then it is an option element. The characters of this element - (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' - is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters - from each of the option elements. - - If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, - updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can - resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. - - If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'. - Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element - that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted - so that those that are not options now come last.) - - OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. - If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, - return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to - zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. - - If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, - so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following - ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that - wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, - it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. - - If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of - handling the non-option ARGV-elements. - See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. - - Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. - Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique - or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an - argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated - from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. - When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's - `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field - if the `flag' field is zero. - - The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. - But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible - with other systems. - - LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an - element containing a name which is zero. - - LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. - It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most - recent call. - - If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce - long-named options. */ - -int -_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; - const struct option *longopts; - int *longind; - int long_only; -{ - int option_index; - - optarg = 0; - - /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. - Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 - is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped - non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ - - if (optind == 0) - { - first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1; - - nextchar = NULL; - - /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ - - if (optstring[0] == '-') - { - ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (optstring[0] == '+') - { - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL) - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - else - ordering = PERMUTE; - } - - if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') - { - if (ordering == PERMUTE) - { - /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, - exchange them so that the options come first. */ - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (last_nonopt != optind) - first_nonopt = optind; - - /* Now skip any additional non-options - and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ - - while (optind < argc - && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') -#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT - && (longopts == NULL - || argv[optind][0] != '+' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') -#endif /* GETOPT_COMPAT */ - ) - optind++; - last_nonopt = optind; - } - - /* Special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. - Skip it like a null option, - then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, - then skip everything else like a non-option. */ - - if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) - { - optind++; - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) - first_nonopt = optind; - last_nonopt = argc; - - optind = argc; - } - - /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan - and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ - - if (optind == argc) - { - /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options - that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) - optind = first_nonopt; - return EOF; - } - - /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, - either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ - - if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') -#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT - && (longopts == NULL - || argv[optind][0] != '+' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') -#endif /* GETOPT_COMPAT */ - ) - { - if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) - return EOF; - optarg = argv[optind++]; - return 1; - } - - /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. - Start decoding its characters. */ - - nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 - + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); - } - - if (longopts != NULL - && ((argv[optind][0] == '-' - && (argv[optind][1] == '-' || long_only)) -#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT - || argv[optind][0] == '+' -#endif /* GETOPT_COMPAT */ - )) - { - const struct option *p; - char *s = nextchar; - int exact = 0; - int ambig = 0; - const struct option *pfound = NULL; - int indfound; - - while (*s && *s != '=') - s++; - - /* Test all options for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */ - for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; - p++, option_index++) - if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, s - nextchar)) - { - if (s - nextchar == strlen (p->name)) - { - /* Exact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - exact = 1; - break; - } - else if (pfound == NULL) - { - /* First nonexact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - } - else - /* Second nonexact match found. */ - ambig = 1; - } - - if (ambig && !exact) - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n", - argv[0], argv[optind]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optind++; - return '?'; - } - - if (pfound != NULL) - { - option_index = indfound; - optind++; - if (*s) - { - /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't - allow it to be used on enums. */ - if (pfound->has_arg) - optarg = s + 1; - else - { - if (opterr) - { - if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, - "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n", - argv[0], pfound->name); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, - "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n", - argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); - } - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return '?'; - } - } - else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) - { - if (optind < argc) - optarg = argv[optind++]; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n", - argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; - } - } - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - if (longind != NULL) - *longind = option_index; - if (pfound->flag) - { - *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; - return 0; - } - return pfound->val; - } - /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, - or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short - option, then it's an error. - Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ - if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' -#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT - || argv[optind][0] == '+' -#endif /* GETOPT_COMPAT */ - || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) - { - if (opterr) - { - if (argv[optind][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n", - argv[0], nextchar); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n", - argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); - } - nextchar = (char *) ""; - optind++; - return '?'; - } - } - - /* Look at and handle the next option-character. */ - - { - char c = *nextchar++; - char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); - - /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ - if (*nextchar == '\0') - ++optind; - - if (temp == NULL || c == ':') - { - if (opterr) - { -#if 0 - if (c < 040 || c >= 0177) - fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option, character code 0%o\n", - argv[0], c); - else - fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `-%c'\n", argv[0], c); -#else - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", argv[0], c); -#endif - } - optopt = c; - return '?'; - } - if (temp[1] == ':') - { - if (temp[2] == ':') - { - /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - optind++; - } - else - optarg = 0; - nextchar = NULL; - } - else - { - /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, - we must advance to the next element now. */ - optind++; - } - else if (optind == argc) - { - if (opterr) - { -#if 0 - fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `-%c' requires an argument\n", - argv[0], c); -#else - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n", - argv[0], c); -#endif - } - optopt = c; - if (optstring[0] == ':') - c = ':'; - else - c = '?'; - } - else - /* We already incremented `optind' once; - increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ - optarg = argv[optind++]; - nextchar = NULL; - } - } - return c; - } -} - -int -getopt (argc, argv, optstring) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, - (const struct option *) 0, - (int *) 0, - 0); -} - -#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ - -#ifdef TEST - -/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing - the above definition of `getopt'. */ - -int -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -{ - int c; - int digit_optind = 0; - - while (1) - { - int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; - - c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); - if (c == EOF) - break; - - switch (c) - { - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) - printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); - digit_optind = this_option_optind; - printf ("option %c\n", c); - break; - - case 'a': - printf ("option a\n"); - break; - - case 'b': - printf ("option b\n"); - break; - - case 'c': - printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case '?': - break; - - default: - printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); - while (optind < argc) - printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); - printf ("\n"); - } - - exit (0); -} - -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/getopt.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/getopt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 45541f5..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/getopt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -/* Declarations for getopt. - Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any - later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETOPT_H -#define _GETOPT_H 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -extern char *optarg; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -extern int optind; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints - for unrecognized options. */ - -extern int opterr; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ - -extern int optopt; - -/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. - The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector - of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is - zero. - - The field `has_arg' is: - no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, - required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, - optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. - - If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set - to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but - left unchanged if the option is not found. - - To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to - a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the - option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero - value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is - one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' - returns the contents of the `val' field. */ - -struct option -{ -#if __STDC__ - const char *name; -#else - char *name; -#endif - /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about - type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ - int has_arg; - int *flag; - int val; -}; - -/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ - -#define no_argument 0 -#define required_argument 1 -#define optional_argument 2 - -#if __STDC__ -#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__) -/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with - differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation - errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ -extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); -#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -extern int getopt (); -#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); -extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); - -/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ -extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind, - int long_only); -#else /* not __STDC__ */ -extern int getopt (); -extern int getopt_long (); -extern int getopt_long_only (); - -extern int _getopt_internal (); -#endif /* not __STDC__ */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GETOPT_H */ diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/getopt1.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/getopt1.c deleted file mode 100644 index a32615c..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/getopt1.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. - Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any - later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -#include "getopt.h" - -#if !__STDC__ && !defined(const) && IN_GCC -#define const -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not - actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C - Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling - and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library - (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU - program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, - it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ - -#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) - - -/* This needs to come after some library #include - to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -#include <stdlib.h> -#else -char *getenv (); -#endif - -#ifndef NULL -#define NULL 0 -#endif - -int -getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); -} - -/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. - If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, - but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option - instead. */ - -int -getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); -} - - -#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ - -#ifdef TEST - -#include <stdio.h> - -int -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -{ - int c; - int digit_optind = 0; - - while (1) - { - int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; - int option_index = 0; - static struct option long_options[] = - { - {"add", 1, 0, 0}, - {"append", 0, 0, 0}, - {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, - {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, - {"create", 0, 0, 0}, - {"file", 1, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0} - }; - - c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", - long_options, &option_index); - if (c == EOF) - break; - - switch (c) - { - case 0: - printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); - if (optarg) - printf (" with arg %s", optarg); - printf ("\n"); - break; - - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) - printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); - digit_optind = this_option_optind; - printf ("option %c\n", c); - break; - - case 'a': - printf ("option a\n"); - break; - - case 'b': - printf ("option b\n"); - break; - - case 'c': - printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case 'd': - printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case '?': - break; - - default: - printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); - while (optind < argc) - printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); - printf ("\n"); - } - - exit (0); -} - -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/global.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/global.c deleted file mode 100644 index d4b5441..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/global.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -/* global.c - global variables and initial values for cpio. - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#include <sys/types.h> -#include "cpiohdr.h" -#include "dstring.h" -#include "system.h" -#include "extern.h" - -/* If TRUE, reset access times after reading files (-a). */ -int reset_time_flag = FALSE; - -/* Block size value, initially 512. -B sets to 5120. */ -int io_block_size = 512; - -/* The header format to recognize and produce. */ -enum archive_format archive_format = arf_unknown; - -/* If TRUE, create directories as needed. (-d with -i or -p) */ -int create_dir_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, interactively rename files. (-r) */ -int rename_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, print a table of contents of input. (-t) */ -int table_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, copy unconditionally (older replaces newer). (-u) */ -int unconditional_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, list the files processed, or ls -l style output with -t. (-v) */ -int verbose_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, print a . for each file processed. (-V) */ -int dot_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, link files whenever possible. Used with -p option. (-l) */ -int link_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, retain previous file modification time. (-m) */ -int retain_time_flag = FALSE; - -/* Set TRUE if crc_flag is TRUE and we are doing a cpio -i. Used - by copy_files so it knows whether to compute the crc. */ -int crc_i_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, append to end of archive. (-A) */ -int append_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, swap bytes of each file during cpio -i. */ -int swap_bytes_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, swap halfwords of each file during cpio -i. */ -int swap_halfwords_flag = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, we are swapping halfwords on the current file. */ -int swapping_halfwords = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, we are swapping bytes on the current file. */ -int swapping_bytes = FALSE; - -/* If TRUE, set ownership of all files to UID `set_owner'. */ -int set_owner_flag = FALSE; -uid_t set_owner; - -/* If TRUE, set group ownership of all files to GID `set_group'. */ -int set_group_flag = FALSE; -gid_t set_group; - -/* If TRUE, do not chown the files. */ -int no_chown_flag = FALSE; - -#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO -/* If TRUE, print debugging information. */ -int debug_flag = FALSE; -#endif - -/* File position of last header read. Only used during -A to determine - where the old TRAILER!!! record started. */ -int last_header_start = 0; - -/* With -i; if TRUE, copy only files that match any of the given patterns; - if FALSE, copy only files that do not match any of the patterns. (-f) */ -int copy_matching_files = TRUE; - -/* With -itv; if TRUE, list numeric uid and gid instead of translating them - into names. */ -int numeric_uid = FALSE; - -/* Name of file containing additional patterns (-E). */ -char *pattern_file_name = NULL; - -/* Message to print when end of medium is reached (-M). */ -char *new_media_message = NULL; - -/* With -M with %d, message to print when end of medium is reached. */ -char *new_media_message_with_number = NULL; -char *new_media_message_after_number = NULL; - -/* File descriptor containing the archive. */ -int archive_des; - -/* Name of file containing the archive, if known; NULL if stdin/out. */ -char *archive_name = NULL; - -/* CRC checksum. */ -unsigned long crc; - -/* Input and output buffers. */ -char *input_buffer, *output_buffer; - -/* Current locations in `input_buffer' and `output_buffer'. */ -char *in_buff, *out_buff; - -/* Current number of bytes stored at `input_buff' and `output_buff'. */ -long input_size, output_size; - -/* Total number of bytes read and written for all files. */ -long input_bytes, output_bytes; - -/* 512 bytes of 0; used for various padding operations. */ -char zeros_512[512]; - -/* Saving of argument values for later reference. */ -char *directory_name = NULL; -char **save_patterns; -int num_patterns; - -/* Character that terminates file names read from stdin. */ -char name_end = '\n'; - -/* TRUE if input (cpio -i) or output (cpio -o) is a device node. */ -char input_is_special = FALSE; -char output_is_special = FALSE; - -/* TRUE if lseek works on the input. */ -char input_is_seekable = FALSE; - -/* TRUE if lseek works on the output. */ -char output_is_seekable = FALSE; - -/* If nonzero, don't consider file names that contain a `:' to be - on remote hosts; all files are local. */ -int f_force_local = 0; - -/* The name this program was run with. */ -char *program_name; - -/* A pointer to either lstat or stat, depending on whether - dereferencing of symlinks is done for input files. */ -int (*xstat) (); - -/* Which copy operation to perform. (-i, -o, -p) */ -void (*copy_function) () = 0; diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/idcache.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/idcache.c deleted file mode 100644 index 341c9f4..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/idcache.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -/* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed - Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <pwd.h> -#include <grp.h> - -#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H) -#include <string.h> -#else -#include <strings.h> -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -#include <unistd.h> -#endif -#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION -struct passwd *getpwuid (); -struct passwd *getpwnam (); -struct group *getgrgid (); -struct group *getgrnam (); -#endif - -char *xmalloc (); -char *xstrdup (); - -struct userid -{ - union - { - uid_t u; - gid_t g; - } id; - char *name; - struct userid *next; -}; - -static struct userid *user_alist; - -/* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file. */ -static struct userid *nouser_alist; - -/* Translate UID to a login name or a stringified number, - with cache. */ - -char * -getuser (uid) - uid_t uid; -{ - register struct userid *tail; - struct passwd *pwent; - char usernum_string[20]; - - for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next) - if (tail->id.u == uid) - return tail->name; - - pwent = getpwuid (uid); - tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid)); - tail->id.u = uid; - if (pwent == 0) - { - sprintf (usernum_string, "%u", (unsigned) uid); - tail->name = xstrdup (usernum_string); - } - else - tail->name = xstrdup (pwent->pw_name); - - /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */ - tail->next = user_alist; - user_alist = tail; - return tail->name; -} - -/* Translate USER to a UID, with cache. - Return NULL if there is no such user. - (We also cache which user names have no passwd entry, - so we don't keep looking them up.) */ - -uid_t * -getuidbyname (user) - char *user; -{ - register struct userid *tail; - struct passwd *pwent; - - for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next) - /* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */ - if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user)) - return &tail->id.u; - - for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next) - /* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */ - if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user)) - return 0; - - pwent = getpwnam (user); - - tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid)); - tail->name = xstrdup (user); - - /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */ - if (pwent) - { - tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid; - tail->next = user_alist; - user_alist = tail; - return &tail->id.u; - } - - tail->next = nouser_alist; - nouser_alist = tail; - return 0; -} - -/* Use the same struct as for userids. */ -static struct userid *group_alist; -static struct userid *nogroup_alist; - -/* Translate GID to a group name or a stringified number, - with cache. */ - -char * -getgroup (gid) - gid_t gid; -{ - register struct userid *tail; - struct group *grent; - char groupnum_string[20]; - - for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next) - if (tail->id.g == gid) - return tail->name; - - grent = getgrgid (gid); - tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid)); - tail->id.g = gid; - if (grent == 0) - { - sprintf (groupnum_string, "%u", (unsigned int) gid); - tail->name = xstrdup (groupnum_string); - } - else - tail->name = xstrdup (grent->gr_name); - - /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */ - tail->next = group_alist; - group_alist = tail; - return tail->name; -} - -/* Translate GROUP to a UID, with cache. - Return NULL if there is no such group. - (We also cache which group names have no group entry, - so we don't keep looking them up.) */ - -gid_t * -getgidbyname (group) - char *group; -{ - register struct userid *tail; - struct group *grent; - - for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next) - /* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */ - if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group)) - return &tail->id.g; - - for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next) - /* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */ - if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group)) - return 0; - - grent = getgrnam (group); - - tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid)); - tail->name = xstrdup (group); - - /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */ - if (grent) - { - tail->id.g = grent->gr_gid; - tail->next = group_alist; - group_alist = tail; - return &tail->id.g; - } - - tail->next = nogroup_alist; - nogroup_alist = tail; - return 0; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/main.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/main.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0a3643f..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/main.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,485 +0,0 @@ -/* main.c - main program and argument processing for cpio. - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -/* Written by Phil Nelson <phil@cs.wwu.edu>, - David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, - and John Oleynick <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <getopt.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#ifdef __FreeBSD__ -#include <locale.h> -#endif -#include "filetypes.h" -#include "system.h" -#include "cpiohdr.h" -#include "dstring.h" -#include "extern.h" -#include "rmt.h" - -struct option long_opts[] = -{ - {"null", 0, 0, '0'}, - {"append", 0, 0, 'A'}, - {"block-size", 1, 0, 130}, - {"create", 0, 0, 'o'}, - {"dereference", 0, 0, 'L'}, - {"dot", 0, 0, 'V'}, - {"extract", 0, 0, 'i'}, - {"file", 1, 0, 'F'}, - {"force-local", 0, &f_force_local, 1}, - {"format", 1, 0, 'H'}, - {"help", 0, 0, 132}, - {"io-size", 1, 0, 'C'}, - {"link", 0, &link_flag, TRUE}, - {"list", 0, &table_flag, TRUE}, - {"make-directories", 0, &create_dir_flag, TRUE}, - {"message", 1, 0, 'M'}, - {"no-preserve-owner", 0, 0, 134}, - {"nonmatching", 0, ©_matching_files, FALSE}, - {"numeric-uid-gid", 0, &numeric_uid, TRUE}, - {"owner", 1, 0, 'R'}, - {"pass-through", 0, 0, 'p'}, - {"pattern-file", 1, 0, 'E'}, - {"preserve-modification-time", 0, &retain_time_flag, TRUE}, - {"rename", 0, &rename_flag, TRUE}, - {"swap", 0, 0, 'b'}, - {"swap-bytes", 0, 0, 's'}, - {"swap-halfwords", 0, 0, 'S'}, - {"reset-access-time", 0, &reset_time_flag, TRUE}, - {"unconditional", 0, &unconditional_flag, TRUE}, - {"verbose", 0, &verbose_flag, TRUE}, - {"version", 0, 0, 131}, -#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO - {"debug", 0, &debug_flag, TRUE}, -#endif - {0, 0, 0, 0} -}; - -/* Print usage message and exit with error. */ - -void -usage (fp, status) - FILE *fp; - int status; -{ - fprintf (fp, "\ -Usage: %s {-o|--create} [-0acvABLV] [-C bytes] [-H format] [-M message]\n\ - [-O [[user@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@]host:]archive]\n\ - [--file=[[user@]host:]archive] [--format=format] [--message=message]\n\ - [--null] [--reset-access-time] [--verbose] [--dot] [--append]\n\ - [--block-size=blocks] [--dereference] [--io-size=bytes]\n\ - [--force-local] [--help] [--version] < name-list [> archive]\n", program_name); - fprintf (fp, "\ - %s {-i|--extract} [-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [-C bytes] [-E file] [-H format]\n\ - [-M message] [-R [user][:.][group]] [-I [[user@]host:]archive]\n\ - [-F [[user@]host:]archive] [--file=[[user@]host:]archive]\n\ - [--make-directories] [--nonmatching] [--preserve-modification-time]\n\ - [--numeric-uid-gid] [--rename] [--list] [--swap-bytes] [--swap] [--dot]\n\ - [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--block-size=blocks] [--swap-halfwords]\n\ - [--io-size=bytes] [--pattern-file=file] [--format=format]\n\ - [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--no-preserve-owner] [--message=message]\n\ - [--force-local] [--help] [--version] [pattern...] [< archive]\n", - program_name); - fprintf (fp, "\ - %s {-p|--pass-through} [-0adlmuvLV] [-R [user][:.][group]]\n\ - [--null] [--reset-access-time] [--make-directories] [--link]\n\ - [--preserve-modification-time] [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--dot]\n\ - [--dereference] [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--no-preserve-owner]\n\ - [--help] [--version] destination-directory < name-list\n", program_name); - exit (status); -} - -/* Process the arguments. Set all options and set up the copy pass - directory or the copy in patterns. */ - -void -process_args (argc, argv) - int argc; - char *argv[]; -{ - extern char *version_string; - void (*copy_in) (); /* Work around for pcc bug. */ - void (*copy_out) (); - int c; - char *input_archive_name = 0; - char *output_archive_name = 0; - - if (argc < 2) - usage (stderr, 2); - - xstat = lstat; - - while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, - "0aAbBcC:dfE:F:H:iI:lLmM:noO:prR:sStuvVz", - long_opts, (int *) 0)) != -1) - { - switch (c) - { - case 0: /* A long option that just sets a flag. */ - break; - - case '0': /* Read null-terminated filenames. */ - name_end = '\0'; - break; - - case 'a': /* Reset access times. */ - reset_time_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'A': /* Append to the archive. */ - append_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'b': /* Swap bytes and halfwords. */ - swap_bytes_flag = TRUE; - swap_halfwords_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'B': /* Set block size to 5120. */ - io_block_size = 5120; - break; - - case 130: /* --block-size */ - io_block_size = atoi (optarg); - if (io_block_size < 1) - error (2, 0, "invalid block size"); - io_block_size *= 512; - break; - - case 'c': /* Use the old portable ASCII format. */ - if (archive_format != arf_unknown) - usage (stderr, 2); -#ifdef SVR4_COMPAT - archive_format = arf_newascii; /* -H newc. */ -#else - archive_format = arf_oldascii; /* -H odc. */ -#endif - break; - - case 'C': /* Block size. */ - io_block_size = atoi (optarg); - if (io_block_size < 1) - error (2, 0, "invalid block size"); - break; - - case 'd': /* Create directories where needed. */ - create_dir_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'f': /* Only copy files not matching patterns. */ - copy_matching_files = FALSE; - break; - - case 'E': /* Pattern file name. */ - pattern_file_name = optarg; - break; - - case 'F': /* Archive file name. */ - archive_name = optarg; - break; - - case 'H': /* Header format name. */ - if (archive_format != arf_unknown) - usage (stderr, 2); - if (!strcmp (optarg, "crc") || !strcmp (optarg, "CRC")) - archive_format = arf_crcascii; - else if (!strcmp (optarg, "newc") || !strcmp (optarg, "NEWC")) - archive_format = arf_newascii; - else if (!strcmp (optarg, "odc") || !strcmp (optarg, "ODC")) - archive_format = arf_oldascii; - else if (!strcmp (optarg, "bin") || !strcmp (optarg, "BIN")) - archive_format = arf_binary; - else if (!strcmp (optarg, "ustar") || !strcmp (optarg, "USTAR")) - archive_format = arf_ustar; - else if (!strcmp (optarg, "tar") || !strcmp (optarg, "TAR")) - archive_format = arf_tar; - else if (!strcmp (optarg, "hpodc") || !strcmp (optarg, "HPODC")) - archive_format = arf_hpoldascii; - else if (!strcmp (optarg, "hpbin") || !strcmp (optarg, "HPBIN")) - archive_format = arf_hpbinary; - else - error (2, 0, "\ -invalid archive format `%s'; valid formats are:\n\ -crc newc odc bin ustar tar (all-caps also recognized)", optarg); - break; - - case 'i': /* Copy-in mode. */ - if (copy_function != 0) - usage (stderr, 2); - copy_function = process_copy_in; - break; - - case 'I': /* Input archive file name. */ - input_archive_name = optarg; - break; - - case 'k': /* Handle corrupted archives. We always handle - corrupted archives, but recognize this - option for compatability. */ - break; - - case 'l': /* Link files when possible. */ - link_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'L': /* Dereference symbolic links. */ - xstat = stat; - break; - - case 'm': /* Retain previous file modify times. */ - retain_time_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'M': /* New media message. */ - set_new_media_message (optarg); - break; - - case 'n': /* Long list owner and group as numbers. */ - numeric_uid = TRUE; - break; - - case 134: /* --no-preserve-owner */ - if (set_owner_flag || set_group_flag) - usage (stderr, 2); - no_chown_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'o': /* Copy-out mode. */ - if (copy_function != 0) - usage (stderr, 2); - copy_function = process_copy_out; - break; - - case 'O': /* Output archive file name. */ - output_archive_name = optarg; - break; - - case 'p': /* Copy-pass mode. */ - if (copy_function != 0) - usage (stderr, 2); - copy_function = process_copy_pass; - break; - - case 'r': /* Interactively rename. */ - rename_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'R': /* Set the owner. */ - if (no_chown_flag) - usage (stderr, 2); -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - { - char *e, *u, *g; - - e = parse_user_spec (optarg, &set_owner, &set_group, &u, &g); - if (e) - error (2, 0, "%s: %s", optarg, e); - if (u) - { - free (u); - set_owner_flag = TRUE; - } - if (g) - { - free (g); - set_group_flag = TRUE; - } - } -#endif - break; - - case 's': /* Swap bytes. */ - swap_bytes_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'S': /* Swap halfwords. */ - swap_halfwords_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 't': /* Only print a list. */ - table_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'u': /* Replace all! Unconditionally! */ - unconditional_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'v': /* Verbose! */ - verbose_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'V': /* Print `.' for each file. */ - dot_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 131: - printf ("GNU cpio %s", version_string); - exit (0); - break; - - case 132: /* --help */ - usage (stdout, 0); - break; - - default: - usage (stderr, 2); - } - } - - /* Do error checking and look at other args. */ - - if (copy_function == 0) - { - if (table_flag) - copy_function = process_copy_in; - else - usage (stderr, 2); - } - - if ((!table_flag || !verbose_flag) && numeric_uid) - usage (stderr, 2); - - /* Work around for pcc bug. */ - copy_in = process_copy_in; - copy_out = process_copy_out; - - if (copy_function == copy_in) - { - archive_des = 0; - if (link_flag || reset_time_flag || xstat != lstat || append_flag - || output_archive_name - || (archive_name && input_archive_name)) - usage (stderr, 2); - if (archive_format == arf_crcascii) - crc_i_flag = TRUE; - num_patterns = argc - optind; - save_patterns = &argv[optind]; - if (input_archive_name) - archive_name = input_archive_name; - } - else if (copy_function == copy_out) - { - archive_des = 1; - if (argc != optind || create_dir_flag || rename_flag - || table_flag || unconditional_flag || link_flag - || retain_time_flag || no_chown_flag || set_owner_flag - || set_group_flag || swap_bytes_flag || swap_halfwords_flag - || (append_flag && !(archive_name || output_archive_name)) - || input_archive_name || (archive_name && output_archive_name)) - usage (stderr, 2); - if (archive_format == arf_unknown) - archive_format = arf_binary; - if (output_archive_name) - archive_name = output_archive_name; - } - else - { - /* Copy pass. */ - archive_des = -1; - if (argc - 1 != optind || archive_format != arf_unknown - || swap_bytes_flag || swap_halfwords_flag - || table_flag || rename_flag || append_flag) - usage (stderr, 2); - directory_name = argv[optind]; - } - - if (archive_name) - { - if (copy_function != copy_in && copy_function != copy_out) - usage (stderr, 2); - archive_des = open_archive (archive_name); - if (archive_des < 0) - error (1, errno, "%s", archive_name); - } - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - /* Prevent SysV non-root users from giving away files inadvertantly. - This happens automatically on BSD, where only root can give - away files. */ - if (set_owner_flag == FALSE && set_group_flag == FALSE && geteuid ()) - no_chown_flag = TRUE; -#endif -} - -/* Initialize the input and output buffers to their proper size and - initialize all variables associated with the input and output - buffers. */ - -void -initialize_buffers () -{ - int buf_size; - - /* Make sure buffers can always hold 2 blocks and that they - are big enough to hold 1 tar record (512 bytes) even if it - is not aligned on a block boundary. The extra buffer space - is needed by process_copyin and peek_in_buf to automatically - figure out what kind of archive it is reading. */ - - if (io_block_size >= 512) - buf_size = 2 * io_block_size; - else - buf_size = 1024; - input_buffer = (char *) xmalloc (buf_size); - in_buff = input_buffer; - input_size = 0; - input_bytes = 0; - - /* Leave space for an `int' sentinel for `empty_output_buffer', - in case we ever put back sparseness checking. */ - output_buffer = (char *) xmalloc (buf_size + sizeof (int) * 2); - out_buff = output_buffer; - output_size = 0; - output_bytes = 0; - - /* Clear the block of zeros. */ - bzero (zeros_512, 512); -} - -void -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char *argv[]; -{ - program_name = argv[0]; - -#ifdef __FreeBSD__ - (void) setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); -#endif -#ifdef __TURBOC__ - _fmode = O_BINARY; /* Put stdin and stdout in binary mode. */ -#endif -#ifdef __EMX__ /* gcc on OS/2. */ - _response (&argc, &argv); - _wildcard (&argc, &argv); -#endif - - process_args (argc, argv); - umask (0); - - initialize_buffers (); - - (*copy_function) (); - - if (archive_des >= 0 && rmtclose (archive_des) == -1) - error (1, errno, "error closing archive"); - - exit (0); -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/makepath.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/makepath.c deleted file mode 100644 index b9c09d7..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/makepath.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,297 +0,0 @@ -/* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists. - Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and - Jim Meyering <meyering@cs.utexas.edu>. */ - -/* This copy of makepath is almost like the fileutils one, but has - changes for HPUX CDF's. Maybe the 2 versions of makepath can - come together again in the future. */ - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -#define alloca __builtin_alloca -#else -#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H -#include <alloca.h> -#else -#ifdef _AIX - #pragma alloca -#else -char *alloca (); -#endif -#endif -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -#include <unistd.h> -#endif -#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR) -#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) -#endif - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -#include <errno.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#else -extern int errno; -#endif - -#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H) -#include <string.h> -#define index strchr -#else -#include <strings.h> -#endif - -#ifdef __MSDOS__ -typedef int uid_t; -typedef int gid_t; -#endif - -void error (); - -/* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists. - Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function. - - Make any leading directories that don't already exist, with - permissions PARENT_MODE. - If the last element of ARGPATH does not exist, create it as - a new directory with permissions MODE. - If OWNER and GROUP are non-negative, make them the UID and GID of - created directories. - If VERBOSE_FMT_STRING is nonzero, use it as a printf format - string for printing a message after successfully making a directory, - with the name of the directory that was just made as an argument. - - Return 0 if ARGPATH exists as a directory with the proper - ownership and permissions when done, otherwise 1. */ - -int -make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, verbose_fmt_string) - char *argpath; - int mode; - int parent_mode; - uid_t owner; - gid_t group; - char *verbose_fmt_string; -{ - char *dirpath; /* A copy we can scribble NULs on. */ - struct stat stats; - int retval = 0; - int oldmask = umask (0); - dirpath = alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1); - strcpy (dirpath, argpath); - - if (stat (dirpath, &stats)) - { - char *slash; - int tmp_mode; /* Initial perms for leading dirs. */ - int re_protect; /* Should leading dirs be unwritable? */ - struct ptr_list - { - char *dirname_end; - struct ptr_list *next; - }; - struct ptr_list *p, *leading_dirs = NULL; - - /* If leading directories shouldn't be writable or executable, - or should have set[ug]id or sticky bits set and we are setting - their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them. */ - if (((parent_mode & 0300) != 0300) - || (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1 - && (parent_mode & 07000) != 0)) - { - tmp_mode = 0700; - re_protect = 1; - } - else - { - tmp_mode = parent_mode; - re_protect = 0; - } - - slash = dirpath; - while (*slash == '/') - slash++; - while ((slash = index (slash, '/'))) - { -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - int iscdf; - iscdf = 0; -#endif - *slash = '\0'; - if (stat (dirpath, &stats)) - { -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - /* If this component of the pathname ends in `+' and is - followed by 2 `/'s, then this is a CDF. We remove the - `+' from the name and create the directory. Later - we will "hide" the directory. */ - if ( (*(slash +1) == '/') && (*(slash -1) == '+') ) - { - iscdf = 1; - *(slash -1) = '\0'; - } -#endif - if (mkdir (dirpath, tmp_mode)) - { - error (0, errno, "cannot make directory `%s'", dirpath); - umask (oldmask); - return 1; - } - else - { - if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL) - error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath); - - if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1 - && chown (dirpath, owner, group) -#ifdef AFS - && errno != EPERM -#endif - ) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath); - retval = 1; - } - if (re_protect) - { - struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *) - alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list)); - new->dirname_end = slash; - new->next = leading_dirs; - leading_dirs = new; - } -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - if (iscdf) - { - /* If this is a CDF, "hide" the directory by setting - its hidden/setuid bit. Also add the `+' back to - its name (since once it's "hidden" we must refer - to as `name+' instead of `name'). */ - chmod (dirpath, 04700); - *(slash - 1) = '+'; - } -#endif - } - } - else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode)) - { - error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath); - umask (oldmask); - return 1; - } - - *slash++ = '/'; - - /* Avoid unnecessary calls to `stat' when given - pathnames containing multiple adjacent slashes. */ - while (*slash == '/') - slash++; - } - - /* We're done making leading directories. - Make the final component of the path. */ - - if (mkdir (dirpath, mode)) - { - error (0, errno, "cannot make directory `%s'", dirpath); - umask (oldmask); - return 1; - } - if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL) - error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath); - - if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1) - { - if (chown (dirpath, owner, group) -#ifdef AFS - && errno != EPERM -#endif - ) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath); - retval = 1; - } - } - /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted. */ - if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (dirpath, mode)) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath); - retval = 1; - } - - /* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx" - privileges, we have to reset their protections to the correct - value. */ - for (p = leading_dirs; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - *(p->dirname_end) = '\0'; -#if 0 - /* cpio always calls make_path with parent mode 0700, so - we don't have to do this. If we ever do have to do this, - we have to stat the directory first to get the setuid - bit so we don't break HP CDF's. */ - if (chmod (dirpath, parent_mode)) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath); - retval = 1; - } -#endif - - } - } - else - { - /* We get here if the entire path already exists. */ - - if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode)) - { - error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath); - umask (oldmask); - return 1; - } - - /* chown must precede chmod because on some systems, - chown clears the set[ug]id bits for non-superusers, - resulting in incorrect permissions. - On System V, users can give away files with chown and then not - be able to chmod them. So don't give files away. */ - - if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1 - && chown (dirpath, owner, group) -#ifdef AFS - && errno != EPERM -#endif - ) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath); - retval = 1; - } - if (chmod (dirpath, mode)) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath); - retval = 1; - } - } - - umask (oldmask); - return retval; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/rmt.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/rmt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2155223..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/rmt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -/* Definitions for communicating with a remote tape drive. - Copyright (C) 1988, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -#include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#if !defined(_POSIX_VERSION) -#ifdef __MSDOS__ -#include <io.h> -#else /* !__MSDOS__ */ -extern off_t lseek (); -#endif /* __MSDOS__ */ -#endif /* _POSIX_VERSION */ - -#ifdef NO_REMOTE -#define _isrmt(f) 0 -#define rmtopen open -#define rmtaccess access -#define rmtstat stat -#define rmtcreat creat -#define rmtlstat lstat -#define rmtread read -#define rmtwrite write -#define rmtlseek lseek -#define rmtclose close -#define rmtioctl ioctl -#define rmtdup dup -#define rmtfstat fstat -#define rmtfcntl fcntl -#define rmtisatty isatty - -#else /* !NO_REMOTE */ - -#define __REM_BIAS 128 -#define RMTIOCTL - -#ifndef O_CREAT -#define O_CREAT 01000 -#endif - -extern char *__rmt_path; - -#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H) -#include <string.h> -#ifndef index -#define index strchr -#endif -#else -extern char *index (); -#endif - -#define _remdev(path) (!f_force_local && (__rmt_path=index(path, ':'))) -#define _isrmt(fd) ((fd) >= __REM_BIAS) - -#define rmtopen(path,oflag,mode) (_remdev(path) ? __rmt_open(path, oflag, mode, __REM_BIAS) : open(path, oflag, mode)) -#define rmtaccess(path, amode) (_remdev(path) ? 0 : access(path, amode)) -#define rmtstat(path, buf) (_remdev(path) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : stat(path, buf)) -#define rmtcreat(path, mode) (_remdev(path) ? __rmt_open (path, 1 | O_CREAT, mode, __REM_BIAS) : creat(path, mode)) -#define rmtlstat(path,buf) (_remdev(path) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : lstat(path,buf)) - -#define rmtread(fd, buf, n) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_read(fd - __REM_BIAS, buf, n) : read(fd, buf, n)) -#define rmtwrite(fd, buf, n) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_write(fd - __REM_BIAS, buf, n) : write(fd, buf, n)) -#define rmtlseek(fd, off, wh) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_lseek(fd - __REM_BIAS, off, wh) : lseek(fd, off, wh)) -#define rmtclose(fd) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_close(fd - __REM_BIAS) : close(fd)) -#ifdef RMTIOCTL -#define rmtioctl(fd,req,arg) (_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_ioctl(fd - __REM_BIAS, req, arg) : ioctl(fd, req, arg)) -#else -#define rmtioctl(fd,req,arg) (_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : ioctl(fd, req, arg)) -#endif -#define rmtdup(fd) (_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : dup(fd)) -#define rmtfstat(fd, buf) (_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fstat(fd, buf)) -#define rmtfcntl(fd,cmd,arg) (_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fcntl (fd, cmd, arg)) -#define rmtisatty(fd) (_isrmt(fd) ? 0 : isatty(fd)) - -#undef RMTIOCTL - -int __rmt_open (); -int __rmt_close (); -int __rmt_read (); -int __rmt_write (); -long __rmt_lseek (); -int __rmt_ioctl (); -#endif /* !NO_REMOTE */ diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/rtapelib.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/rtapelib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0c23b06..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/rtapelib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,570 +0,0 @@ -/* Functions for communicating with a remote tape drive. - Copyright (C) 1988, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -/* The man page rmt(8) for /etc/rmt documents the remote mag tape - protocol which rdump and rrestore use. Unfortunately, the man - page is *WRONG*. The author of the routines I'm including originally - wrote his code just based on the man page, and it didn't work, so he - went to the rdump source to figure out why. The only thing he had to - change was to check for the 'F' return code in addition to the 'E', - and to separate the various arguments with \n instead of a space. I - personally don't think that this is much of a problem, but I wanted to - point it out. -- Arnold Robbins - - Originally written by Jeff Lee, modified some by Arnold Robbins. - Redone as a library that can replace open, read, write, etc., by - Fred Fish, with some additional work by Arnold Robbins. - Modified to make all rmtXXX calls into macros for speed by Jay Fenlason. - Use -DHAVE_NETDB_H for rexec code, courtesy of Dan Kegel, srs!dan. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <signal.h> - -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H -#include <sys/ioctl.h> -#include <sys/mtio.h> -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H -#include <netdb.h> -#endif - -#include <errno.h> -#include <setjmp.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> - -#ifndef errno -extern int errno; -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -#include <unistd.h> -#endif -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -#include <string.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -/* Maximum size of a fully qualified host name. */ -#define MAXHOSTLEN 257 - -/* Size of buffers for reading and writing commands to rmt. - (An arbitrary limit.) */ -#define CMDBUFSIZE 64 - -#ifndef RETSIGTYPE -#define RETSIGTYPE void -#endif - -/* Maximum number of simultaneous remote tape connections. - (Another arbitrary limit.) */ -#define MAXUNIT 4 - -/* Return the parent's read side of remote tape connection FILDES. */ -#define READ(fildes) (from_rmt[fildes][0]) - -/* Return the parent's write side of remote tape connection FILDES. */ -#define WRITE(fildes) (to_rmt[fildes][1]) - -/* The pipes for receiving data from remote tape drives. */ -static int from_rmt[MAXUNIT][2] = -{-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}; - -/* The pipes for sending data to remote tape drives. */ -static int to_rmt[MAXUNIT][2] = -{-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1}; - -/* Temporary variable used by macros in rmt.h. */ -char *__rmt_path; - -/* Close remote tape connection FILDES. */ - -static void -_rmt_shutdown (fildes) - int fildes; -{ - close (READ (fildes)); - close (WRITE (fildes)); - READ (fildes) = -1; - WRITE (fildes) = -1; -} - -/* Attempt to perform the remote tape command specified in BUF - on remote tape connection FILDES. - Return 0 if successful, -1 on error. */ - -static int -command (fildes, buf) - int fildes; - char *buf; -{ - register int buflen; - RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) (); - - /* Save the current pipe handler and try to make the request. */ - - pipe_handler = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN); - buflen = strlen (buf); - if (write (WRITE (fildes), buf, buflen) == buflen) - { - signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler); - return 0; - } - - /* Something went wrong. Close down and go home. */ - - signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler); - _rmt_shutdown (fildes); - errno = EIO; - return -1; -} - -/* Read and return the status from remote tape connection FILDES. - If an error occurred, return -1 and set errno. */ - -static int -status (fildes) - int fildes; -{ - int i; - char c, *cp; - char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE]; - - /* Read the reply command line. */ - - for (i = 0, cp = buffer; i < CMDBUFSIZE; i++, cp++) - { - if (read (READ (fildes), cp, 1) != 1) - { - _rmt_shutdown (fildes); - errno = EIO; - return -1; - } - if (*cp == '\n') - { - *cp = '\0'; - break; - } - } - - if (i == CMDBUFSIZE) - { - _rmt_shutdown (fildes); - errno = EIO; - return -1; - } - - /* Check the return status. */ - - for (cp = buffer; *cp; cp++) - if (*cp != ' ') - break; - - if (*cp == 'E' || *cp == 'F') - { - errno = atoi (cp + 1); - /* Skip the error message line. */ - while (read (READ (fildes), &c, 1) == 1) - if (c == '\n') - break; - - if (*cp == 'F') - _rmt_shutdown (fildes); - - return -1; - } - - /* Check for mis-synced pipes. */ - - if (*cp != 'A') - { - _rmt_shutdown (fildes); - errno = EIO; - return -1; - } - - /* Got an `A' (success) response. */ - return atoi (cp + 1); -} - -#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H -/* Execute /etc/rmt as user USER on remote system HOST using rexec. - Return a file descriptor of a bidirectional socket for stdin and stdout. - If USER is NULL, or an empty string, use the current username. - - By default, this code is not used, since it requires that - the user have a .netrc file in his/her home directory, or that the - application designer be willing to have rexec prompt for login and - password info. This may be unacceptable, and .rhosts files for use - with rsh are much more common on BSD systems. */ - -static int -_rmt_rexec (host, user) - char *host; - char *user; -{ - struct servent *rexecserv; - int save_stdin = dup (fileno (stdin)); - int save_stdout = dup (fileno (stdout)); - int tape_fd; /* Return value. */ - - /* When using cpio -o < filename, stdin is no longer the tty. - But the rexec subroutine reads the login and the passwd on stdin, - to allow remote execution of the command. - So, reopen stdin and stdout on /dev/tty before the rexec and - give them back their original value after. */ - if (freopen ("/dev/tty", "r", stdin) == NULL) - freopen ("/dev/null", "r", stdin); - if (freopen ("/dev/tty", "w", stdout) == NULL) - freopen ("/dev/null", "w", stdout); - - rexecserv = getservbyname ("exec", "tcp"); - if (NULL == rexecserv) - { - fprintf (stderr, "exec/tcp: service not available"); - exit (1); - } - if (user != NULL && *user == '\0') - user = NULL; - tape_fd = rexec (&host, rexecserv->s_port, user, NULL, - "/etc/rmt", (int *) NULL); - fclose (stdin); - fdopen (save_stdin, "r"); - fclose (stdout); - fdopen (save_stdout, "w"); - - return tape_fd; -} - -#endif /* HAVE_NETDB_H */ - -/* Open a magtape device on the system specified in PATH, as the given user. - PATH has the form `[user@]system:/dev/????'. - If COMPAT is defined, it can also have the form `system[.user]:/dev/????'. - - OFLAG is O_RDONLY, O_WRONLY, etc. - MODE is ignored; 0666 is always used. - - If successful, return the remote tape pipe number plus BIAS. - On error, return -1. */ - -int -__rmt_open (path, oflag, mode, bias) - char *path; - int oflag; - int mode; - int bias; -{ - int i, rc; - char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE]; /* Command buffer. */ - char system[MAXHOSTLEN]; /* The remote host name. */ - char device[CMDBUFSIZE]; /* The remote device name. */ - char login[CMDBUFSIZE]; /* The remote user name. */ - char *sys, *dev, *user; /* For copying into the above buffers. */ - - sys = system; - dev = device; - user = login; - - /* Find an unused pair of file descriptors. */ - - for (i = 0; i < MAXUNIT; i++) - if (READ (i) == -1 && WRITE (i) == -1) - break; - - if (i == MAXUNIT) - { - errno = EMFILE; - return -1; - } - - /* Pull apart the system and device, and optional user. - Don't munge the original string. */ - - while (*path != '@' -#ifdef COMPAT - && *path != '.' -#endif - && *path != ':') - { - *sys++ = *path++; - } - *sys = '\0'; - path++; - - if (*(path - 1) == '@') - { - /* Saw user part of user@host. Start over. */ - strcpy (user, system); - sys = system; - while (*path != ':') - { - *sys++ = *path++; - } - *sys = '\0'; - path++; - } -#ifdef COMPAT - else if (*(path - 1) == '.') - { - while (*path != ':') - { - *user++ = *path++; - } - *user = '\0'; - path++; - } -#endif - else - *user = '\0'; - - while (*path) - { - *dev++ = *path++; - } - *dev = '\0'; - -#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H - /* Execute the remote command using rexec. */ - READ (i) = WRITE (i) = _rmt_rexec (system, login); - if (READ (i) < 0) - return -1; -#else /* !HAVE_NETDB_H */ - /* Set up the pipes for the `rsh' command, and fork. */ - - if (pipe (to_rmt[i]) == -1 || pipe (from_rmt[i]) == -1) - return -1; - - rc = fork (); - if (rc == -1) - return -1; - - if (rc == 0) - { - /* Child. */ - close (0); - dup (to_rmt[i][0]); - close (to_rmt[i][0]); - close (to_rmt[i][1]); - - close (1); - dup (from_rmt[i][1]); - close (from_rmt[i][0]); - close (from_rmt[i][1]); - - setuid (getuid ()); - setgid (getgid ()); - - if (*login) - { - execl ("/usr/bin/rsh", "rsh", "-l", login, system, - "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0); - execlp ("rsh", "rsh", "-l", login, system, - "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0); - } - else - { - execl ("/usr/bin/rsh", "rsh", system, - "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0); - execlp ("rsh", "rsh", system, - "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0); - } - - /* Bad problems if we get here. */ - - perror ("cannot execute remote shell"); - _exit (1); - } - - /* Parent. */ - close (to_rmt[i][0]); - close (from_rmt[i][1]); -#endif /* !HAVE_NETDB_H */ - - /* Attempt to open the tape device. */ - - sprintf (buffer, "O%s\n%d\n", device, oflag); - if (command (i, buffer) == -1 || status (i) == -1) - return -1; - - return i + bias; -} - -/* Close remote tape connection FILDES and shut down. - Return 0 if successful, -1 on error. */ - -int -__rmt_close (fildes) - int fildes; -{ - int rc; - - if (command (fildes, "C\n") == -1) - return -1; - - rc = status (fildes); - _rmt_shutdown (fildes); - return rc; -} - -/* Read up to NBYTE bytes into BUF from remote tape connection FILDES. - Return the number of bytes read on success, -1 on error. */ - -int -__rmt_read (fildes, buf, nbyte) - int fildes; - char *buf; - unsigned int nbyte; -{ - int rc, i; - char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE]; - - sprintf (buffer, "R%d\n", nbyte); - if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1 || (rc = status (fildes)) == -1) - return -1; - - for (i = 0; i < rc; i += nbyte, buf += nbyte) - { - nbyte = read (READ (fildes), buf, rc - i); - if (nbyte <= 0) - { - _rmt_shutdown (fildes); - errno = EIO; - return -1; - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* Write NBYTE bytes from BUF to remote tape connection FILDES. - Return the number of bytes written on success, -1 on error. */ - -int -__rmt_write (fildes, buf, nbyte) - int fildes; - char *buf; - unsigned int nbyte; -{ - char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE]; - RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) (); - - sprintf (buffer, "W%d\n", nbyte); - if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1) - return -1; - - pipe_handler = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN); - if (write (WRITE (fildes), buf, nbyte) == nbyte) - { - signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler); - return status (fildes); - } - - /* Write error. */ - signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler); - _rmt_shutdown (fildes); - errno = EIO; - return -1; -} - -/* Perform an imitation lseek operation on remote tape connection FILDES. - Return the new file offset if successful, -1 if on error. */ - -long -__rmt_lseek (fildes, offset, whence) - int fildes; - long offset; - int whence; -{ - char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE]; - - sprintf (buffer, "L%ld\n%d\n", offset, whence); - if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1) - return -1; - - return status (fildes); -} - -/* Perform a raw tape operation on remote tape connection FILDES. - Return the results of the ioctl, or -1 on error. */ - -#ifdef MTIOCTOP -int -__rmt_ioctl (fildes, op, arg) - int fildes, op; - char *arg; -{ - char c; - int rc, cnt; - char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE]; - - switch (op) - { - default: - errno = EINVAL; - return -1; - - case MTIOCTOP: - /* MTIOCTOP is the easy one. Nothing is transfered in binary. */ - sprintf (buffer, "I%d\n%d\n", ((struct mtop *) arg)->mt_op, - ((struct mtop *) arg)->mt_count); - if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1) - return -1; - return status (fildes); /* Return the count. */ - - case MTIOCGET: - /* Grab the status and read it directly into the structure. - This assumes that the status buffer is not padded - and that 2 shorts fit in a long without any word - alignment problems; i.e., the whole struct is contiguous. - NOTE - this is probably NOT a good assumption. */ - - if (command (fildes, "S") == -1 || (rc = status (fildes)) == -1) - return -1; - - for (; rc > 0; rc -= cnt, arg += cnt) - { - cnt = read (READ (fildes), arg, rc); - if (cnt <= 0) - { - _rmt_shutdown (fildes); - errno = EIO; - return -1; - } - } - - /* Check for byte position. mt_type is a small integer field - (normally) so we will check its magnitude. If it is larger than - 256, we will assume that the bytes are swapped and go through - and reverse all the bytes. */ - - if (((struct mtget *) arg)->mt_type < 256) - return 0; - - for (cnt = 0; cnt < rc; cnt += 2) - { - c = arg[cnt]; - arg[cnt] = arg[cnt + 1]; - arg[cnt + 1] = c; - } - - return 0; - } -} - -#endif diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/stripslash.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/stripslash.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2971d4c..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/stripslash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -/* stripslash.c -- remove trailing slashes from a string - Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H) -#include <string.h> -#else -#include <strings.h> -#endif - -/* Remove trailing slashes from PATH. - This is useful when using filename completion from a shell that - adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and bash), because - the Unix rename and rmdir system calls return an "Invalid argument" error - when given a path that ends in "/" (except for the root directory). */ - -void -strip_trailing_slashes (path) - char *path; -{ - int last; - - last = strlen (path) - 1; - while (last > 0 && path[last] == '/') - path[last--] = '\0'; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/system.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/system.h deleted file mode 100644 index abe732d..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/system.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -/* System dependent declarations. Requires sys/types.h. - Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H) -#include <string.h> -#ifndef index -#define index strchr -#endif -#ifndef rindex -#define rindex strrchr -#endif -#ifndef bcmp -#define bcmp(s1, s2, n) memcmp ((s1), (s2), (n)) -#endif -#ifndef bzero -#define bzero(s, n) memset ((s), 0, (n)) -#endif -#else -#include <strings.h> -#endif - -#include <time.h> - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -#include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#ifndef SEEK_SET -#define SEEK_SET 0 -#define SEEK_CUR 1 -#define SEEK_END 2 -#endif - -#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION -off_t lseek (); -#endif - -/* Since major is a function on SVR4, we can't use `ifndef major'. */ -#ifdef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV -#include <sys/mkdev.h> -#define HAVE_MAJOR -#endif - -#ifdef MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS -#include <sys/sysmacros.h> -#define HAVE_MAJOR -#endif - -#ifdef major /* Might be defined in sys/types.h. */ -#define HAVE_MAJOR -#endif - -#ifndef HAVE_MAJOR -#define major(dev) (((dev) >> 8) & 0xff) -#define minor(dev) ((dev) & 0xff) -#define makedev(ma, mi) (((ma) << 8) | (mi)) -#endif -#undef HAVE_MAJOR - -#if defined(__MSDOS__) || defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(HAVE_FCNTL_H) -#include <fcntl.h> -#else -#include <sys/file.h> -#endif -#ifndef O_BINARY -#define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -#include <errno.h> -#ifndef errno -extern int errno; -#endif -#ifdef __EMX__ /* gcc on OS/2. */ -#define EPERM EACCES -#define ENXIO EIO -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H -#include <utime.h> -#else -struct utimbuf -{ - time_t actime; - time_t modtime; -}; -#endif - -#ifdef TRUE -#undef TRUE -#endif -#define TRUE 1 -#ifdef FALSE -#undef FALSE -#endif -#define FALSE 0 - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ -#define CONSOLE "/dev/tty" -#else -#define CONSOLE "con" -#endif - -#ifdef __MSDOS__ -typedef int uid_t; -typedef int gid_t; -#endif - -/* On most systems symlink() always creates links with rwxrwxrwx - protection modes, but on some (HP/UX 8.07; I think maybe DEC's OSF - on MIPS too) symlink() uses the value of umask, so links' protection modes - aren't always rwxrwxrwx. There doesn't seem to be any way to change - the modes of a link (no system call like, say, lchmod() ), it seems - the only way to set the modes right is to set umask before calling - symlink(). */ - -#ifndef SYMLINK_USES_UMASK -#define UMASKED_SYMLINK(name1,name2,mode) symlink(name1,name2) -#else -#define UMASKED_SYMLINK(name1,name2,mode) umasked_symlink(name1,name2,mode) -#endif /* SYMLINK_USES_UMASK */ - diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tar.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tar.c deleted file mode 100644 index 84cb0ad..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tar.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,522 +0,0 @@ -/* tar.c - read in write tar headers for cpio - Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/stat.h> -#include "filetypes.h" -#include "system.h" -#include "cpiohdr.h" -#include "dstring.h" -#include "extern.h" -#include "rmt.h" -#include "tarhdr.h" - -static void to_oct (); -static char *stash_tar_linkname (); -static char *stash_tar_filename (); - -/* Compute and return a checksum for TAR_HDR, - counting the checksum bytes as if they were spaces. */ - -unsigned long -tar_checksum (tar_hdr) - struct tar_header *tar_hdr; -{ - unsigned long sum = 0; - char *p = (char *) tar_hdr; - char *q = p + TARRECORDSIZE; - int i; - - while (p < tar_hdr->chksum) - sum += *p++ & 0xff; - for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) - { - sum += ' '; - ++p; - } - while (p < q) - sum += *p++ & 0xff; - return sum; -} - -/* Write out header FILE_HDR, including the file name, to file - descriptor OUT_DES. */ - -void -write_out_tar_header (file_hdr, out_des) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; - int out_des; -{ - int name_len; - union tar_record tar_rec; - struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) &tar_rec; - - bzero ((char *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE); - - /* process_copy_out must ensure that file_hdr->c_name is short enough, - or we will lose here. */ - - name_len = strlen (file_hdr->c_name); - if (name_len <= TARNAMESIZE) - { - strncpy (tar_hdr->name, file_hdr->c_name, name_len); - } - else - { - /* Fit as much as we can into `name', the rest into `prefix'. */ - char *suffix = file_hdr->c_name + name_len - TARNAMESIZE; - - /* We have to put the boundary at a slash. */ - name_len = TARNAMESIZE; - while (*suffix != '/') - { - --name_len; - ++suffix; - } - strncpy (tar_hdr->name, suffix + 1, name_len); - strncpy (tar_hdr->prefix, file_hdr->c_name, suffix - file_hdr->c_name); - } - - /* SVR4 seems to want the whole mode, not just protection modes. - Nobody else seems to care, so we might as well put it all in. */ - to_oct (file_hdr->c_mode, 8, tar_hdr->mode); - to_oct (file_hdr->c_uid, 8, tar_hdr->uid); - to_oct (file_hdr->c_gid, 8, tar_hdr->gid); - to_oct (file_hdr->c_filesize, 12, tar_hdr->size); - to_oct (file_hdr->c_mtime, 12, tar_hdr->mtime); - - switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) - { - case CP_IFREG: - if (file_hdr->c_tar_linkname) - { - /* process_copy_out makes sure that c_tar_linkname is shorter - than TARLINKNAMESIZE. */ - strncpy (tar_hdr->linkname, file_hdr->c_tar_linkname, - TARLINKNAMESIZE); - tar_hdr->typeflag = LNKTYPE; - to_oct (0, 12, tar_hdr->size); - } - else - tar_hdr->typeflag = REGTYPE; - break; - case CP_IFDIR: - tar_hdr->typeflag = DIRTYPE; - break; -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - case CP_IFCHR: - tar_hdr->typeflag = CHRTYPE; - break; - case CP_IFBLK: - tar_hdr->typeflag = BLKTYPE; - break; -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case CP_IFIFO: - tar_hdr->typeflag = FIFOTYPE; - break; -#endif /* CP_IFIFO */ -#ifdef CP_IFLNK - case CP_IFLNK: - tar_hdr->typeflag = SYMTYPE; - /* process_copy_out makes sure that c_tar_linkname is shorter - than TARLINKNAMESIZE. */ - strncpy (tar_hdr->linkname, file_hdr->c_tar_linkname, - TARLINKNAMESIZE); - to_oct (0, 12, tar_hdr->size); - break; -#endif /* CP_IFLNK */ -#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */ - } - - if (archive_format == arf_ustar) - { - char *name; - - strncpy (tar_hdr->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN); - strncpy (tar_hdr->magic + TMAGLEN, TVERSION, TVERSLEN); - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - name = getuser (file_hdr->c_uid); - if (name) - strcpy (tar_hdr->uname, name); - name = getgroup (file_hdr->c_gid); - if (name) - strcpy (tar_hdr->gname, name); -#endif - - to_oct (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, 8, tar_hdr->devmajor); - to_oct (file_hdr->c_rdev_min, 8, tar_hdr->devminor); - } - - to_oct (tar_checksum (tar_hdr), 8, tar_hdr->chksum); - - copy_buf_out ((char *) &tar_rec, out_des, TARRECORDSIZE); -} - -/* Return nonzero iff all the bytes in BLOCK are NUL. - SIZE is the number of bytes to check in BLOCK; it must be a - multiple of sizeof (long). */ - -int -null_block (block, size) - long *block; - int size; -{ - register long *p = block; - register int i = size / sizeof (long); - - while (i--) - if (*p++) - return 0; - return 1; -} - -/* Read a tar header, including the file name, from file descriptor IN_DES - into FILE_HDR. */ - -void -read_in_tar_header (file_hdr, in_des) - struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr; - int in_des; -{ - long bytes_skipped = 0; - int warned = FALSE; - union tar_record tar_rec; - struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) &tar_rec; -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - uid_t *uidp; - gid_t *gidp; -#endif - - copy_in_buf ((char *) &tar_rec, in_des, TARRECORDSIZE); - - /* Check for a block of 0's. */ - if (null_block ((long *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE)) - { -#if 0 - /* Found one block of 512 0's. If the next block is also all 0's - then this is the end of the archive. If not, assume the - previous block was all corruption and continue reading - the archive. */ - /* Commented out because GNU tar sometimes creates archives with - only one block of 0's at the end. This happened for the - cpio 2.0 distribution! */ - copy_in_buf ((char *) &tar_rec, in_des, TARRECORDSIZE); - if (null_block ((long *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE)) -#endif - { - file_hdr->c_name = "TRAILER!!!"; - return; - } -#if 0 - bytes_skipped = TARRECORDSIZE; -#endif - } - - while (1) - { - otoa (tar_hdr->chksum, &file_hdr->c_chksum); - - if (file_hdr->c_chksum != tar_checksum (tar_hdr)) - { - /* If the checksum is bad, skip 1 byte and try again. When - we try again we do not look for an EOF record (all zeros), - because when we start skipping bytes in a corrupted archive - the chances are pretty good that we might stumble across - 2 blocks of 512 zeros (that probably is not really the last - record) and it is better to miss the EOF and give the user - a "premature EOF" error than to give up too soon on a corrupted - archive. */ - if (!warned) - { - error (0, 0, "invalid header: checksum error"); - warned = TRUE; - } - bcopy (((char *) &tar_rec) + 1, (char *) &tar_rec, - TARRECORDSIZE - 1); - copy_in_buf (((char *) &tar_rec) + (TARRECORDSIZE - 1), in_des, 1); - ++bytes_skipped; - continue; - } - - if (archive_format != arf_ustar) - file_hdr->c_name = stash_tar_filename (NULL, tar_hdr->name); - else - file_hdr->c_name = stash_tar_filename (tar_hdr->prefix, tar_hdr->name); - file_hdr->c_nlink = 1; - otoa (tar_hdr->mode, &file_hdr->c_mode); - file_hdr->c_mode = file_hdr->c_mode & 07777; -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - if (archive_format == arf_ustar - && (uidp = getuidbyname (tar_hdr->uname))) - file_hdr->c_uid = *uidp; - else -#endif - otoa (tar_hdr->uid, &file_hdr->c_uid); -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - if (archive_format == arf_ustar - && (gidp = getgidbyname (tar_hdr->gname))) - file_hdr->c_gid = *gidp; - else -#endif - otoa (tar_hdr->gid, &file_hdr->c_gid); - otoa (tar_hdr->size, &file_hdr->c_filesize); - otoa (tar_hdr->mtime, &file_hdr->c_mtime); - otoa (tar_hdr->devmajor, (unsigned long *) &file_hdr->c_rdev_maj); - otoa (tar_hdr->devminor, (unsigned long *) &file_hdr->c_rdev_min); - file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = NULL; - - switch (tar_hdr->typeflag) - { - case REGTYPE: - case CONTTYPE: /* For now, punt. */ - default: - file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG; - break; - case DIRTYPE: - file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFDIR; - break; -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - case CHRTYPE: - file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFCHR; - /* If a POSIX tar header has a valid linkname it's always supposed - to set typeflag to be LNKTYPE. System V.4 tar seems to - be broken, and for device files with multiple links it - puts the name of the link into linkname, but leaves typeflag - as CHRTYPE, BLKTYPE, FIFOTYPE, etc. */ - file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname); - - /* Does POSIX say that the filesize must be 0 for devices? We - assume so, but HPUX's POSIX tar sets it to be 1 which causes - us problems (when reading an archive we assume we can always - skip to the next file by skipping filesize bytes). For - now at least, it's easier to clear filesize for devices, - rather than check everywhere we skip in copyin.c. */ - file_hdr->c_filesize = 0; - break; - case BLKTYPE: - file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFBLK; - file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname); - file_hdr->c_filesize = 0; - break; -#ifdef CP_IFIFO - case FIFOTYPE: - file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFIFO; - file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname); - file_hdr->c_filesize = 0; - break; -#endif - case SYMTYPE: -#ifdef CP_IFLNK - file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFLNK; - file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname); - file_hdr->c_filesize = 0; - break; - /* Else fall through. */ -#endif - case LNKTYPE: - file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG; - file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname); - file_hdr->c_filesize = 0; - break; -#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */ - case AREGTYPE: - /* Old tar format; if the last char in filename is '/' then it is - a directory, otherwise it's a regular file. */ - if (file_hdr->c_name[strlen (file_hdr->c_name) - 1] == '/') - file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFDIR; - else - file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG; - break; - } - break; - } - if (bytes_skipped > 0) - error (0, 0, "warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk", bytes_skipped); -} - -/* Stash the tar linkname in static storage. */ - -static char * -stash_tar_linkname (linkname) - char *linkname; -{ - static char hold_tar_linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE + 1]; - - strncpy (hold_tar_linkname, linkname, TARLINKNAMESIZE); - hold_tar_linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE] = '\0'; - return hold_tar_linkname; -} - -/* Stash the tar filename and optional prefix in static storage. */ - -static char * -stash_tar_filename (prefix, filename) - char *prefix; - char *filename; -{ - static char hold_tar_filename[TARNAMESIZE + TARPREFIXSIZE + 2]; - if (prefix == NULL || *prefix == '\0') - { - strncpy (hold_tar_filename, filename, TARNAMESIZE); - hold_tar_filename[TARNAMESIZE] = '\0'; - } - else - { - strncpy (hold_tar_filename, prefix, TARPREFIXSIZE); - hold_tar_filename[TARPREFIXSIZE] = '\0'; - strcat (hold_tar_filename, "/"); - strncat (hold_tar_filename, filename, TARNAMESIZE); - hold_tar_filename[TARPREFIXSIZE + TARNAMESIZE] = '\0'; - } - return hold_tar_filename; -} - -/* Convert the string of octal digits S into a number and store - it in *N. Return nonzero if the whole string was converted, - zero if there was something after the number. - Skip leading and trailing spaces. */ - -int -otoa (s, n) - char *s; - unsigned long *n; -{ - unsigned long val = 0; - - while (*s == ' ') - ++s; - while (*s >= '0' && *s <= '7') - val = 8 * val + *s++ - '0'; - while (*s == ' ') - ++s; - *n = val; - return *s == '\0'; -} - -/* Convert a number into a string of octal digits. - Convert long VALUE into a DIGITS-digit field at WHERE, - including a trailing space and room for a NUL. DIGITS==3 means - 1 digit, a space, and room for a NUL. - - We assume the trailing NUL is already there and don't fill it in. - This fact is used by start_header and finish_header, so don't change it! - - This is be equivalent to: - sprintf (where, "%*lo ", digits - 2, value); - except that sprintf fills in the trailing NUL and we don't. */ - -static void -to_oct (value, digits, where) - register long value; - register int digits; - register char *where; -{ - --digits; /* Leave the trailing NUL slot alone. */ - where[--digits] = ' '; /* Put in the space, though. */ - - /* Produce the digits -- at least one. */ - do - { - where[--digits] = '0' + (char) (value & 7); /* One octal digit. */ - value >>= 3; - } - while (digits > 0 && value != 0); - - /* Add leading spaces, if necessary. */ - while (digits > 0) - where[--digits] = ' '; -} - -/* Return - 2 if BUF is a valid POSIX tar header (the checksum is correct - and it has the "ustar" magic string), - 1 if BUF is a valid old tar header (the checksum is correct), - 0 otherwise. */ - -int -is_tar_header (buf) - char *buf; -{ - struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) buf; - unsigned long chksum; - - otoa (tar_hdr->chksum, &chksum); - - if (chksum != tar_checksum (tar_hdr)) - return 0; - - /* GNU tar 1.10 and previous set the magic field to be "ustar " instead - of "ustar\0". Only look at the first 5 characters of the magic - field so we can recognize old GNU tar ustar archives. */ - if (!strncmp (tar_hdr->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN - 1)) - return 2; - return 1; -} - -/* Return TRUE if the filename is too long to fit in a tar header. - For old tar headers, if the filename's length is less than or equal - to 100 then it will fit, otherwise it will not. For POSIX tar headers, - if the filename's length is less than or equal to 100 then it - will definitely fit, and if it is greater than 256 then it - will definitely not fit. If the length is between 100 and 256, - then the filename will fit only if it is possible to break it - into a 155 character "prefix" and 100 character "name". There - must be a slash between the "prefix" and the "name", although - the slash is not stored or counted in either the "prefix" or - the "name", and there must be at least one character in both - the "prefix" and the "name". If it is not possible to break down - the filename like this then it will not fit. */ - -int -is_tar_filename_too_long (name) - char *name; -{ - int whole_name_len; - int prefix_name_len; - char *p; - - whole_name_len = strlen (name); - if (whole_name_len <= TARNAMESIZE) - return FALSE; - - if (archive_format != arf_ustar) - return TRUE; - - if (whole_name_len > TARNAMESIZE + TARPREFIXSIZE + 1) - return TRUE; - - /* See whether we can split up the name into acceptably-sized - `prefix' and `name' (`p') pieces. Start out by making `name' - as big as possible, then shrink it by looking for the first '/'. */ - p = name + whole_name_len - TARNAMESIZE; - while (*p != '/' && *p != '\0') - ++p; - if (*p == '\0') - /* The last component of the path is longer than TARNAMESIZE. */ - return TRUE; - - prefix_name_len = p - name - 1; - /* Interestingly, a name consisting of a slash followed by - TARNAMESIZE characters can't be stored, because the prefix - would be empty, and thus ignored. */ - if (prefix_name_len > TARPREFIXSIZE || prefix_name_len == 0) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tar.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tar.h deleted file mode 100644 index 411579c..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tar.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/* Extended tar format from POSIX.1. - Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by David J. MacKenzie. - -This file is part of the GNU C Library. - -The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as -published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the -License, or (at your option) any later version. - -The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -Library General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public -License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If -not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, -Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifndef _TAR_H - -#define _TAR_H 1 - - -/* A tar archive consists of 512-byte blocks. - Each file in the archive has a header block followed by 0+ data blocks. - Two blocks of NUL bytes indicate the end of the archive. */ - -/* The fields of header blocks: - All strings are stored as ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings. - - Fields are numeric unless otherwise noted below; numbers are ISO 646 - representations of octal numbers, with leading zeros as needed. - - linkname is only valid when typeflag==LNKTYPE. It doesn't use prefix; - files that are links to pathnames >100 chars long can not be stored - in a tar archive. - - If typeflag=={LNKTYPE,SYMTYPE,DIRTYPE} then size must be 0. - - devmajor and devminor are only valid for typeflag=={BLKTYPE,CHRTYPE}. - - chksum contains the sum of all 512 bytes in the header block, - treating each byte as an 8-bit unsigned value and treating the - 8 bytes of chksum as blank characters. - - uname and gname are used in preference to uid and gid, if those - names exist locally. - - Field Name Byte Offset Length in Bytes Field Type - name 0 100 NUL-terminated if NUL fits - mode 100 8 - uid 108 8 - gid 116 8 - size 124 12 - mtime 136 12 - chksum 148 8 - typeflag 156 1 see below - linkname 157 100 NUL-terminated if NUL fits - magic 257 6 must be TMAGIC (NUL term.) - version 263 2 must be TVERSION - uname 265 32 NUL-terminated - gname 297 32 NUL-terminated - devmajor 329 8 - devminor 337 8 - prefix 345 155 NUL-terminated if NUL fits - - If the first character of prefix is '\0', the file name is name; - otherwise, it is prefix/name. Files whose pathnames don't fit in that - length can not be stored in a tar archive. */ - -/* The bits in mode: */ -#define TSUID 04000 -#define TSGID 02000 -#define TSVTX 01000 -#define TUREAD 00400 -#define TUWRITE 00200 -#define TUEXEC 00100 -#define TGREAD 00040 -#define TGWRITE 00020 -#define TGEXEC 00010 -#define TOREAD 00004 -#define TOWRITE 00002 -#define TOEXEC 00001 - -/* The values for typeflag: - Values 'A'-'Z' are reserved for custom implementations. - All other values are reserved for future POSIX.1 revisions. */ - -#define REGTYPE '0' /* Regular file (preferred code). */ -#define AREGTYPE '\0' /* Regular file (alternate code). */ -#define LNKTYPE '1' /* Hard link. */ -#define SYMTYPE '2' /* Symbolic link (hard if not supported). */ -#define CHRTYPE '3' /* Character special. */ -#define BLKTYPE '4' /* Block special. */ -#define DIRTYPE '5' /* Directory. */ -#define FIFOTYPE '6' /* Named pipe. */ -#define CONTTYPE '7' /* Contiguous file */ - /* (regular file if not supported). */ - -/* Contents of magic field and its length. */ -#define TMAGIC "ustar" -#define TMAGLEN 6 - -/* Contents of the version field and its length. */ -#define TVERSION "00" -#define TVERSLEN 2 - - -#endif /* tar.h */ diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tarhdr.h b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tarhdr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 54de0d6..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tarhdr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/* Extended tar header from POSIX.1. - Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifndef _TARHDR_H - -#define _TARHDR_H 1 - -#include <tar.h> - -/* Size of `name' field. */ -#define TARNAMESIZE 100 - -/* Size of `linkname' field. */ -#define TARLINKNAMESIZE 100 - -/* Size of `prefix' field. */ -#define TARPREFIXSIZE 155 - -/* Size of entire tar header. */ -#define TARRECORDSIZE 512 - -struct tar_header -{ - char name[TARNAMESIZE]; - char mode[8]; - char uid[8]; - char gid[8]; - char size[12]; - char mtime[12]; - char chksum[8]; - char typeflag; - char linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE]; - char magic[6]; - char version[2]; - char uname[32]; - char gname[32]; - char devmajor[8]; - char devminor[8]; - char prefix[TARPREFIXSIZE]; -}; - -union tar_record -{ - struct tar_header header; - char buffer[TARRECORDSIZE]; -}; - -#endif /* tarhdr.h */ diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tcexparg.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tcexparg.c deleted file mode 100644 index c5d88f0..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/tcexparg.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -/* tcexparg.c - Unix-style command line wildcards for Turbo C 2.0 - - This file is in the public domain. - - Compile your main program with -Dmain=_main and link with this file. - - After that, it is just as if the operating system had expanded the - arguments, except that they are not sorted. The program name and all - arguments that are expanded from wildcards are lowercased. - - Syntax for wildcards: - * Matches zero or more of any character (except a '.' at - the beginning of a name). - ? Matches any single character. - [r3z] Matches 'r', '3', or 'z'. - [a-d] Matches a single character in the range 'a' through 'd'. - [!a-d] Matches any single character except a character in the - range 'a' through 'd'. - - The period between the filename root and its extension need not be - given explicitly. Thus, the pattern `a*e' will match 'abacus.exe' - and 'axyz.e' as well as 'apple'. Comparisons are not case sensitive. - - Authors: - The expargs code is a modification of wildcard expansion code - written for Turbo C 1.0 by - Richard Hargrove - Texas Instruments, Inc. - P.O. Box 869305, m/s 8473 - Plano, Texas 75086 - 214/575-4128 - and posted to USENET in September, 1987. - - The wild_match code was written by Rich Salz, rsalz@bbn.com, - posted to net.sources in November, 1986. - - The code connecting the two is by Mike Slomin, bellcore!lcuxa!mike2, - posted to comp.sys.ibm.pc in November, 1988. - - Major performance enhancements and bug fixes, and source cleanup, - by David MacKenzie, djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <dos.h> -#include <dir.h> - -/* Number of new arguments to allocate space for at a time. */ -#define ARGS_INCREMENT 10 - -/* The name this program was run with, for error messages. */ -static char *program_name; - -static char **grow_argv (char **new_argv, int new_argc); -static void fatal_error (const char *message); - -int wild_match (char *string, char *pattern); -char *basename (char *path); - -char **expargs (int *, char **); - -#ifdef main -#undef main -#endif - -int -main (int argc, char **argv, char **envp) -{ - argv = expargs (&argc, argv); - return _main (argc, argv, envp); -} - -char ** -expargs (int *pargc, char **argv) -{ - char path[MAXPATH + 1]; - char **new_argv; - struct ffblk block; - char *path_base; - char *arg_base; - int argind; - int new_argc; - int path_length; - int matched; - - program_name = argv[0]; - if (program_name && *program_name) - strlwr (program_name); - new_argv = grow_argv (NULL, 0); - new_argv[0] = argv[0]; - new_argc = 1; - - for (argind = 1; argind < *pargc; ++argind) - { - matched = 0; - if (strpbrk (argv[argind], "?*[") != NULL) - { - strncpy (path, argv[argind], MAXPATH - 3); - path_base = basename (path); - strcpy (path_base, "*.*"); - arg_base = argv[argind] + (path_base - path); - - if (!findfirst (path, &block, FA_DIREC)) - { - strlwr (path); - do - { - /* Only match "." and ".." explicitly. */ - if (*block.ff_name == '.' && *arg_base != '.') - continue; - path_length = stpcpy (path_base, block.ff_name) - path + 1; - strlwr (path_base); - if (wild_match (path, argv[argind])) - { - matched = 1; - new_argv[new_argc] = (char *) malloc (path_length); - if (new_argv[new_argc] == NULL) - fatal_error ("memory exhausted"); - strcpy (new_argv[new_argc++], path); - new_argv = grow_argv (new_argv, new_argc); - } - } while (!findnext (&block)); - } - } - if (matched == 0) - new_argv[new_argc++] = argv[argind]; - new_argv = grow_argv (new_argv, new_argc); - } - - *pargc = new_argc; - new_argv[new_argc] = NULL; - return &new_argv[0]; -} - -/* Return a pointer to the last element of PATH. */ - -char * -basename (char *path) -{ - char *tail; - - for (tail = path; *path; ++path) - if (*path == ':' || *path == '\\') - tail = path + 1; - return tail; -} - -static char ** -grow_argv (char **new_argv, int new_argc) -{ - if (new_argc % ARGS_INCREMENT == 0) - { - new_argv = (char **) realloc - (new_argv, sizeof (char *) * (new_argc + ARGS_INCREMENT)); - if (new_argv == NULL) - fatal_error ("memory exhausted"); - } - return new_argv; -} - -static void -fatal_error (const char *message) -{ - putc ('\n', stderr); - if (program_name && *program_name) - { - fputs (program_name, stderr); - fputs (": ", stderr); - } - fputs (message, stderr); - putc ('\n', stderr); - exit (1); -} - -/* Shell-style pattern matching for ?, \, [], and * characters. - I'm putting this replacement in the public domain. - - Written by Rich $alz, mirror!rs, Wed Nov 26 19:03:17 EST 1986. */ - -/* The character that inverts a character class; '!' or '^'. */ -#define INVERT '!' - -static int star (char *string, char *pattern); - -/* Return nonzero if `string' matches Unix-style wildcard pattern - `pattern'; zero if not. */ - -int -wild_match (char *string, char *pattern) -{ - int prev; /* Previous character in character class. */ - int matched; /* If 1, character class has been matched. */ - int reverse; /* If 1, character class is inverted. */ - - for (; *pattern; string++, pattern++) - switch (*pattern) - { - case '\\': - /* Literal match with following character; fall through. */ - pattern++; - default: - if (*string != *pattern) - return 0; - continue; - case '?': - /* Match anything. */ - if (*string == '\0') - return 0; - continue; - case '*': - /* Trailing star matches everything. */ - return *++pattern ? star (string, pattern) : 1; - case '[': - /* Check for inverse character class. */ - reverse = pattern[1] == INVERT; - if (reverse) - pattern++; - for (prev = 256, matched = 0; *++pattern && *pattern != ']'; - prev = *pattern) - if (*pattern == '-' - ? *string <= *++pattern && *string >= prev - : *string == *pattern) - matched = 1; - if (matched == reverse) - return 0; - continue; - } - - return *string == '\0'; -} - -static int -star (char *string, char *pattern) -{ - while (wild_match (string, pattern) == 0) - if (*++string == '\0') - return 0; - return 1; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/userspec.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/userspec.c deleted file mode 100644 index 44d7d91..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/userspec.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ -/* userspec.c -- Parse a user and group string. - Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <pwd.h> -#include <grp.h> - -#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H) -#include <string.h> -#ifndef index -#define index strchr -#endif -#else -#include <strings.h> -#endif - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -#include <stdlib.h> -#else -char *malloc (); -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -#include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION -struct passwd *getpwnam (); -struct group *getgrnam (); -struct group *getgrgid (); -#endif - -#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE -#define endpwent() -#define endgrent() -#endif - -#define isdigit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9') - -char *strdup (); -static int isnumber (); - -/* Extract from NAME, which has the form "[user][:.][group]", - a USERNAME, UID U, GROUPNAME, and GID G. - Either user or group, or both, must be present. - If the group is omitted but the ":" or "." separator is given, - use the given user's login group. - - USERNAME and GROUPNAME will be in newly malloc'd memory. - Either one might be NULL instead, indicating that it was not - given and the corresponding numeric ID was left unchanged. - Might write NULs into NAME. - - Return NULL if successful, a static error message string if not. */ - -char * -parse_user_spec (name, uid, gid, username, groupname) - char *name; - uid_t *uid; - gid_t *gid; - char **username, **groupname; -{ - static char *tired = "virtual memory exhausted"; - struct passwd *pwd; - struct group *grp; - char *cp; - int use_login_group = 0; - - *username = *groupname = NULL; - - /* Check whether a group is given. */ - cp = index (name, ':'); - if (cp == NULL) - cp = index (name, '.'); - if (cp != NULL) - { - *cp++ = '\0'; - if (*cp == '\0') - { - if (cp == name + 1) - /* Neither user nor group given, just "." or ":". */ - return "can not omit both user and group"; - else - /* "user.". */ - use_login_group = 1; - } - else - { - /* Explicit group. */ - *groupname = strdup (cp); - if (*groupname == NULL) - return tired; - grp = getgrnam (cp); - if (grp == NULL) - { - if (!isnumber (cp)) - return "invalid group"; - *gid = atoi (cp); - } - else - *gid = grp->gr_gid; - endgrent (); /* Save a file descriptor. */ - } - } - - /* Parse the user name, now that any group has been removed. */ - - if (name[0] == '\0') - /* No user name was given, just a group. */ - return NULL; - - *username = strdup (name); - if (*username == NULL) - return tired; - - pwd = getpwnam (name); - if (pwd == NULL) - { - if (!isnumber (name)) - return "invalid user"; - if (use_login_group) - return "cannot get the login group of a numeric UID"; - *uid = atoi (name); - } - else - { - *uid = pwd->pw_uid; - if (use_login_group) - { - *gid = pwd->pw_gid; - grp = getgrgid (pwd->pw_gid); - if (grp == NULL) - { - *groupname = malloc (15); - if (*groupname == NULL) - return tired; - sprintf (*groupname, "%u", pwd->pw_gid); - } - else - { - *groupname = strdup (grp->gr_name); - if (*groupname == NULL) - return tired; - } - endgrent (); - } - } - endpwent (); - return NULL; -} - -/* Return nonzero if STR represents an unsigned decimal integer, - otherwise return 0. */ - -static int -isnumber (str) - char *str; -{ - for (; *str; str++) - if (!isdigit (*str)) - return 0; - return 1; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/util.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/util.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7204af7..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/util.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1102 +0,0 @@ -/* util.c - Several utility routines for cpio. - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#ifdef HPUX_CDF -#include <sys/stat.h> -#endif -#include "system.h" -#include "cpiohdr.h" -#include "dstring.h" -#include "extern.h" -#include "rmt.h" - -#ifndef __MSDOS__ -#include <sys/ioctl.h> -#else -#include <io.h> -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_IO_TRIOCTL_H -#include <sys/io/trioctl.h> -#endif -#include <sys/mtio.h> -#endif - -static void empty_output_buffer_swap (); -static void hash_insert (); - -/* Write `output_size' bytes of `output_buffer' to file - descriptor OUT_DES and reset `output_size' and `out_buff'. */ - -void -empty_output_buffer (out_des) - int out_des; -{ - int bytes_written; - -#ifdef BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER - static long output_bytes_before_lseek = 0; -#endif - - if (swapping_halfwords || swapping_bytes) - { - empty_output_buffer_swap (out_des); - return; - } - -#ifdef BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER - /* Some tape drivers seem to have a signed internal seek pointer and - they lose if it overflows and becomes negative (e.g. when writing - tapes > 2Gb). Doing an lseek (des, 0, SEEK_SET) seems to reset the - seek pointer and prevent it from overflowing. */ - if (output_is_special - && (output_bytes_before_lseek += output_size) < 0L) - { - lseek(out_des, 0L, SEEK_SET); - output_bytes_before_lseek = 0; - } -#endif - - bytes_written = rmtwrite (out_des, output_buffer, output_size); - if (bytes_written != output_size) - { - int rest_bytes_written; - int rest_output_size; - - if (output_is_special - && (bytes_written >= 0 - || (bytes_written < 0 - && (errno == ENOSPC || errno == EIO || errno == ENXIO)))) - { - get_next_reel (out_des); - if (bytes_written > 0) - rest_output_size = output_size - bytes_written; - else - rest_output_size = output_size; - rest_bytes_written = rmtwrite (out_des, output_buffer, - rest_output_size); - if (rest_bytes_written != rest_output_size) - error (1, errno, "write error"); - } - else - error (1, errno, "write error"); - } - output_bytes += output_size; - out_buff = output_buffer; - output_size = 0; -} - -/* Write `output_size' bytes of `output_buffer' to file - descriptor OUT_DES with byte and/or halfword swapping and reset - `output_size' and `out_buff'. This routine should not be called - with `swapping_bytes' set unless the caller knows that the - file being written has an even number of bytes, and it should not be - called with `swapping_halfwords' set unless the caller knows - that the file being written has a length divisible by 4. If either - of those restrictions are not met, bytes may be lost in the output - file. OUT_DES must refer to a file that we are creating during - a process_copy_in, so we don't have to check for end of media - errors or be careful about only writing in blocks of `output_size' - bytes. */ - -static void -empty_output_buffer_swap (out_des) - int out_des; -{ - /* Since `output_size' might not be divisible by 4 or 2, we might - not be able to be able to swap all the bytes and halfwords in - `output_buffer' (e.g., if `output_size' is odd), so we might not be - able to write them all. We will swap and write as many bytes as - we can, and save the rest in `left_overs' for the next time we are - called. */ - static char left_overs[4]; - static int left_over_bytes = 0; - - int bytes_written; - int complete_halfwords; - int complete_words; - int extra_bytes; - - output_bytes += output_size; - - out_buff = output_buffer; - - if (swapping_halfwords) - { - if (left_over_bytes != 0) - { - while (output_size > 0 && left_over_bytes < 4) - { - left_overs[left_over_bytes++] = *out_buff++; - --output_size; - } - if (left_over_bytes < 4) - { - out_buff = output_buffer; - output_size = 0; - return; - } - swahw_array (left_overs, 1); - if (swapping_bytes) - swab_array (left_overs, 2); - bytes_written = rmtwrite (out_des, left_overs, 4); - if (bytes_written != 4) - error (1, errno, "write error"); - left_over_bytes = 0; - } - complete_words = output_size / 4; - if (complete_words > 0) - { - swahw_array (out_buff, complete_words); - if (swapping_bytes) - swab_array (out_buff, 2 * complete_words); - bytes_written = rmtwrite (out_des, out_buff, 4 * complete_words); - if (bytes_written != (4 * complete_words)) - error (1, errno, "write error"); - } - out_buff += (4 * complete_words); - extra_bytes = output_size % 4; - while (extra_bytes > 0) - { - left_overs[left_over_bytes++] = *out_buff++; - --extra_bytes; - } - - } - else - { - if (left_over_bytes != 0) - { - while (output_size > 0 && left_over_bytes < 2) - { - left_overs[left_over_bytes++] = *out_buff++; - --output_size; - } - if (left_over_bytes < 2) - { - out_buff = output_buffer; - output_size = 0; - return; - } - swab_array (left_overs, 1); - bytes_written = rmtwrite (out_des, left_overs, 2); - if (bytes_written != 2) - error (1, errno, "write error"); - left_over_bytes = 0; - } - complete_halfwords = output_size / 2; - if (complete_halfwords > 0) - { - swab_array (out_buff, complete_halfwords); - bytes_written = rmtwrite (out_des, out_buff, 2 * complete_halfwords); - if (bytes_written != (2 * complete_halfwords)) - error (1, errno, "write error"); - } - out_buff += (2 * complete_halfwords); - extra_bytes = output_size % 2; - while (extra_bytes > 0) - { - left_overs[left_over_bytes++] = *out_buff++; - --extra_bytes; - } - } - - out_buff = output_buffer; - output_size = 0; -} - -/* Exchange the halfwords of each element of the array of COUNT longs - starting at PTR. PTR does not have to be aligned at a word - boundary. */ - -void -swahw_array (ptr, count) - char *ptr; - int count; -{ - char tmp; - - for (; count > 0; --count) - { - tmp = *ptr; - *ptr = *(ptr + 2); - *(ptr + 2) = tmp; - ++ptr; - tmp = *ptr; - *ptr = *(ptr + 2); - *(ptr + 2) = tmp; - ptr += 3; - } -} - -/* Read at most NUM_BYTES or `io_block_size' bytes, whichever is smaller, - into the start of `input_buffer' from file descriptor IN_DES. - Set `input_size' to the number of bytes read and reset `in_buff'. - Exit with an error if end of file is reached. */ - -#ifdef BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER -static long input_bytes_before_lseek = 0; -#endif - -void -fill_input_buffer (in_des, num_bytes) - int in_des; - int num_bytes; -{ -#ifdef BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER - /* Some tape drivers seem to have a signed internal seek pointer and - they lose if it overflows and becomes negative (e.g. when writing - tapes > 4Gb). Doing an lseek (des, 0, SEEK_SET) seems to reset the - seek pointer and prevent it from overflowing. */ - if (input_is_special - && (input_bytes_before_lseek += num_bytes) < 0L) - { - lseek(in_des, 0L, SEEK_SET); - input_bytes_before_lseek = 0; - } -#endif - in_buff = input_buffer; - num_bytes = (num_bytes < io_block_size) ? num_bytes : io_block_size; - input_size = rmtread (in_des, input_buffer, num_bytes); - if (input_size == 0 && input_is_special) - { - get_next_reel (in_des); - input_size = rmtread (in_des, input_buffer, num_bytes); - } - if (input_size < 0) - error (1, errno, "read error"); - if (input_size == 0) - { - error (0, 0, "premature end of file"); - exit (1); - } - input_bytes += input_size; -} - -/* Copy NUM_BYTES of buffer IN_BUF to `out_buff', which may be partly full. - When `out_buff' fills up, flush it to file descriptor OUT_DES. */ - -void -copy_buf_out (in_buf, out_des, num_bytes) - char *in_buf; - int out_des; - long num_bytes; -{ - register long bytes_left = num_bytes; /* Bytes needing to be copied. */ - register long space_left; /* Room left in output buffer. */ - - while (bytes_left > 0) - { - space_left = io_block_size - output_size; - if (space_left == 0) - empty_output_buffer (out_des); - else - { - if (bytes_left < space_left) - space_left = bytes_left; - bcopy (in_buf, out_buff, (unsigned) space_left); - out_buff += space_left; - output_size += space_left; - in_buf += space_left; - bytes_left -= space_left; - } - } -} - -/* Copy NUM_BYTES of buffer `in_buff' into IN_BUF. - `in_buff' may be partly full. - When `in_buff' is exhausted, refill it from file descriptor IN_DES. */ - -void -copy_in_buf (in_buf, in_des, num_bytes) - char *in_buf; - int in_des; - long num_bytes; -{ - register long bytes_left = num_bytes; /* Bytes needing to be copied. */ - register long space_left; /* Bytes to copy from input buffer. */ - - while (bytes_left > 0) - { - if (input_size == 0) - fill_input_buffer (in_des, io_block_size); - if (bytes_left < input_size) - space_left = bytes_left; - else - space_left = input_size; - bcopy (in_buff, in_buf, (unsigned) space_left); - in_buff += space_left; - in_buf += space_left; - input_size -= space_left; - bytes_left -= space_left; - } -} - -/* Copy the the next NUM_BYTES bytes of `input_buffer' into PEEK_BUF. - If NUM_BYTES bytes are not available, read the next `io_block_size' bytes - into the end of `input_buffer' and update `input_size'. - - Return the number of bytes copied into PEEK_BUF. - If the number of bytes returned is less than NUM_BYTES, - then EOF has been reached. */ - -int -peek_in_buf (peek_buf, in_des, num_bytes) - char *peek_buf; - int in_des; - int num_bytes; -{ - long tmp_input_size; - long got_bytes; - char *append_buf; - -#ifdef BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER - /* Some tape drivers seem to have a signed internal seek pointer and - they lose if it overflows and becomes negative (e.g. when writing - tapes > 4Gb). Doing an lseek (des, 0, SEEK_SET) seems to reset the - seek pointer and prevent it from overflowing. */ - if (input_is_special - && (input_bytes_before_lseek += num_bytes) < 0L) - { - lseek(in_des, 0L, SEEK_SET); - input_bytes_before_lseek = 0; - } -#endif - - while (input_size < num_bytes) - { - append_buf = in_buff + input_size; - tmp_input_size = rmtread (in_des, append_buf, io_block_size); - if (tmp_input_size == 0) - { - if (input_is_special) - { - get_next_reel (in_des); - tmp_input_size = rmtread (in_des, append_buf, io_block_size); - } - else - break; - } - if (tmp_input_size < 0) - error (1, errno, "read error"); - input_bytes += tmp_input_size; - input_size += tmp_input_size; - } - if (num_bytes <= input_size) - got_bytes = num_bytes; - else - got_bytes = input_size; - bcopy (in_buff, peek_buf, (unsigned) got_bytes); - return got_bytes; -} - -/* Skip the next NUM_BYTES bytes of file descriptor IN_DES. */ - -void -toss_input (in_des, num_bytes) - int in_des; - long num_bytes; -{ - register long bytes_left = num_bytes; /* Bytes needing to be copied. */ - register long space_left; /* Bytes to copy from input buffer. */ - - while (bytes_left > 0) - { - if (input_size == 0) - fill_input_buffer (in_des, io_block_size); - if (bytes_left < input_size) - space_left = bytes_left; - else - space_left = input_size; - in_buff += space_left; - input_size -= space_left; - bytes_left -= space_left; - } -} - -/* Copy a file using the input and output buffers, which may start out - partly full. After the copy, the files are not closed nor the last - block flushed to output, and the input buffer may still be partly - full. If `crc_i_flag' is set, add each byte to `crc'. - IN_DES is the file descriptor for input; - OUT_DES is the file descriptor for output; - NUM_BYTES is the number of bytes to copy. */ - -void -copy_files (in_des, out_des, num_bytes) - int in_des; - int out_des; - long num_bytes; -{ - long size; - long k; - - while (num_bytes > 0) - { - if (input_size == 0) - fill_input_buffer (in_des, io_block_size); - size = (input_size < num_bytes) ? input_size : num_bytes; - if (crc_i_flag) - { - for (k = 0; k < size; ++k) - crc += in_buff[k] & 0xff; - } - copy_buf_out (in_buff, out_des, size); - num_bytes -= size; - input_size -= size; - in_buff += size; - } -} - -/* Create all directories up to but not including the last part of NAME. - Do not destroy any nondirectories while creating directories. */ - -void -create_all_directories (name) - char *name; -{ - char *dir; - int mode; -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - int cdf; -#endif - - dir = dirname (name); - mode = 0700; -#ifdef HPUX_CDF - cdf = islastparentcdf (name); - if (cdf) - { - dir [strlen (dir) - 1] = '\0'; /* remove final + */ - mode = 04700; - } - -#endif - - if (dir == NULL) - error (2, 0, "virtual memory exhausted"); - - if (dir[0] != '.' || dir[1] != '\0') - make_path (dir, mode, 0700, -1, -1, (char *) NULL); - - free (dir); -} - -/* Prepare to append to an archive. We have been in - process_copy_in, keeping track of the position where - the last header started in `last_header_start'. Now we - have the starting position of the last header (the TRAILER!!! - header, or blank record for tar archives) and we want to start - writing (appending) over the last header. The last header may - be in the middle of a block, so to keep the buffering in sync - we lseek back to the start of the block, read everything up - to but not including the last header, lseek back to the start - of the block, and then do a copy_buf_out of what we read. - Actually, we probably don't have to worry so much about keeping the - buffering perfect since you can only append to archives that - are disk files. */ - -void -prepare_append (out_file_des) - int out_file_des; -{ - int start_of_header; - int start_of_block; - int useful_bytes_in_block; - char *tmp_buf; - - start_of_header = last_header_start; - /* Figure out how many bytes we will rewrite, and where they start. */ - useful_bytes_in_block = start_of_header % io_block_size; - start_of_block = start_of_header - useful_bytes_in_block; - - if (lseek (out_file_des, start_of_block, SEEK_SET) < 0) - error (1, errno, "cannot seek on output"); - if (useful_bytes_in_block > 0) - { - tmp_buf = (char *) xmalloc (useful_bytes_in_block); - read (out_file_des, tmp_buf, useful_bytes_in_block); - if (lseek (out_file_des, start_of_block, SEEK_SET) < 0) - error (1, errno, "cannot seek on output"); - copy_buf_out (tmp_buf, out_file_des, useful_bytes_in_block); - free (tmp_buf); - } - - /* We are done reading the archive, so clear these since they - will now be used for reading in files that we are appending - to the archive. */ - input_size = 0; - input_bytes = 0; - in_buff = input_buffer; -} - -/* Support for remembering inodes with multiple links. Used in the - "copy in" and "copy pass" modes for making links instead of copying - the file. */ - -struct inode_val -{ - unsigned long inode; - unsigned long major_num; - unsigned long minor_num; - char *file_name; -}; - -/* Inode hash table. Allocated by first call to add_inode. */ -static struct inode_val **hash_table = NULL; - -/* Size of current hash table. Initial size is 47. (47 = 2*22 + 3) */ -static int hash_size = 22; - -/* Number of elements in current hash table. */ -static int hash_num; - -/* Find the file name associated with NODE_NUM. If there is no file - associated with NODE_NUM, return NULL. */ - -char * -find_inode_file (node_num, major_num, minor_num) - unsigned long node_num; - unsigned long major_num; - unsigned long minor_num; -{ -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - int start; /* Initial hash location. */ - int temp; /* Rehash search variable. */ - - if (hash_table != NULL) - { - /* Hash function is node number modulo the table size. */ - start = node_num % hash_size; - - /* Initial look into the table. */ - if (hash_table[start] == NULL) - return NULL; - if (hash_table[start]->inode == node_num - && hash_table[start]->major_num == major_num - && hash_table[start]->minor_num == minor_num) - return hash_table[start]->file_name; - - /* The home position is full with a different inode record. - Do a linear search terminated by a NULL pointer. */ - for (temp = (start + 1) % hash_size; - hash_table[temp] != NULL && temp != start; - temp = (temp + 1) % hash_size) - { - if (hash_table[temp]->inode == node_num - && hash_table[start]->major_num == major_num - && hash_table[start]->minor_num == minor_num) - return hash_table[temp]->file_name; - } - } -#endif - return NULL; -} - -/* Associate FILE_NAME with the inode NODE_NUM. (Insert into hash table.) */ - -void -add_inode (node_num, file_name, major_num, minor_num) - unsigned long node_num; - char *file_name; - unsigned long major_num; - unsigned long minor_num; -{ -#ifndef __MSDOS__ - struct inode_val *temp; - - /* Create new inode record. */ - temp = (struct inode_val *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct inode_val)); - temp->inode = node_num; - temp->major_num = major_num; - temp->minor_num = minor_num; - temp->file_name = xstrdup (file_name); - - /* Do we have to increase the size of (or initially allocate) - the hash table? */ - if (hash_num == hash_size || hash_table == NULL) - { - struct inode_val **old_table; /* Pointer to old table. */ - int i; /* Index for re-insert loop. */ - - /* Save old table. */ - old_table = hash_table; - if (old_table == NULL) - hash_num = 0; - - /* Calculate new size of table and allocate it. - Sequence of table sizes is 47, 97, 197, 397, 797, 1597, 3197, 6397 ... - where 3197 and most of the sizes after 6397 are not prime. The other - numbers listed are prime. */ - hash_size = 2 * hash_size + 3; - hash_table = (struct inode_val **) - xmalloc (hash_size * sizeof (struct inode_val *)); - bzero (hash_table, hash_size * sizeof (struct inode_val *)); - - /* Insert the values from the old table into the new table. */ - for (i = 0; i < hash_num; i++) - hash_insert (old_table[i]); - - if (old_table != NULL) - free (old_table); - } - - /* Insert the new record and increment the count of elements in the - hash table. */ - hash_insert (temp); - hash_num++; -#endif /* __MSDOS__ */ -} - -/* Do the hash insert. Used in normal inserts and resizing the hash - table. It is guaranteed that there is room to insert the item. - NEW_VALUE is the pointer to the previously allocated inode, file - name association record. */ - -static void -hash_insert (new_value) - struct inode_val *new_value; -{ - int start; /* Home position for the value. */ - int temp; /* Used for rehashing. */ - - /* Hash function is node number modulo the table size. */ - start = new_value->inode % hash_size; - - /* Do the initial look into the table. */ - if (hash_table[start] == NULL) - { - hash_table[start] = new_value; - return; - } - - /* If we get to here, the home position is full with a different inode - record. Do a linear search for the first NULL pointer and insert - the new item there. */ - temp = (start + 1) % hash_size; - while (hash_table[temp] != NULL) - temp = (temp + 1) % hash_size; - - /* Insert at the NULL. */ - hash_table[temp] = new_value; -} - -/* Open FILE in the mode specified by the command line options - and return an open file descriptor for it, - or -1 if it can't be opened. */ - -int -open_archive (file) - char *file; -{ - int fd; - void (*copy_in) (); /* Workaround for pcc bug. */ - - copy_in = process_copy_in; - - if (copy_function == copy_in) - fd = rmtopen (file, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0666); - else - { - if (!append_flag) - fd = rmtopen (file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_BINARY, 0666); - else - fd = rmtopen (file, O_RDWR | O_BINARY, 0666); - } - - return fd; -} - -/* Attempt to rewind the tape drive on file descriptor TAPE_DES - and take it offline. */ - -void -tape_offline (tape_des) - int tape_des; -{ -#if defined(MTIOCTOP) && defined(MTOFFL) - struct mtop control; - - control.mt_op = MTOFFL; - control.mt_count = 1; - rmtioctl (tape_des, MTIOCTOP, &control); /* Don't care if it fails. */ -#endif -} - -/* The file on file descriptor TAPE_DES is assumed to be magnetic tape - (or floppy disk or other device) and the end of the medium - has been reached. Ask the user for to mount a new "tape" to continue - the processing. If the user specified the device name on the - command line (with the -I, -O, -F or --file options), then we can - automatically re-open the same device to use the next medium. If the - user did not specify the device name, then we have to ask them which - device to use. */ - -void -get_next_reel (tape_des) - int tape_des; -{ - static int reel_number = 1; - FILE *tty_in; /* File for interacting with user. */ - FILE *tty_out; /* File for interacting with user. */ - int old_tape_des; - char *next_archive_name; - dynamic_string new_name; - char *str_res; - - ds_init (&new_name, 128); - - /* Open files for interactive communication. */ - tty_in = fopen (CONSOLE, "r"); - if (tty_in == NULL) - error (2, errno, CONSOLE); - tty_out = fopen (CONSOLE, "w"); - if (tty_out == NULL) - error (2, errno, CONSOLE); - - old_tape_des = tape_des; - tape_offline (tape_des); - rmtclose (tape_des); - - /* Give message and wait for carrage return. User should hit carrage return - only after loading the next tape. */ - ++reel_number; - if (new_media_message) - fprintf (tty_out, "%s", new_media_message); - else if (new_media_message_with_number) - fprintf (tty_out, "%s%d%s", new_media_message_with_number, reel_number, - new_media_message_after_number); - else if (archive_name) - fprintf (tty_out, "Found end of volume. Load next volume and press RETURN. "); - else - fprintf (tty_out, "Found end of volume. To continue, type device/file name when ready.\n"); - - fflush (tty_out); - - if (archive_name) - { - int c; - - do - c = getc (tty_in); - while (c != EOF && c != '\n'); - - tape_des = open_archive (archive_name); - if (tape_des == -1) - error (1, errno, "%s", archive_name); - } - else - { - do - { - if (tape_des < 0) - { - fprintf (tty_out, - "To continue, type device/file name when ready.\n"); - fflush (tty_out); - } - - str_res = ds_fgets (tty_in, &new_name); - if (str_res == NULL || str_res[0] == '\0') - exit (1); - next_archive_name = str_res; - - tape_des = open_archive (next_archive_name); - if (tape_des == -1) - error (0, errno, "%s", next_archive_name); - } - while (tape_des < 0); - } - - /* We have to make sure that `tape_des' has not changed its value even - though we closed it and reopened it, since there are local - copies of it in other routines. This works fine on Unix (even with - rmtread and rmtwrite) since open will always return the lowest - available file descriptor and we haven't closed any files (e.g., - stdin, stdout or stderr) that were opened before we originally opened - the archive. */ - - if (tape_des != old_tape_des) - error (1, 0, "internal error: tape descriptor changed from %d to %d", - old_tape_des, tape_des); - - free (new_name.ds_string); - fclose (tty_in); - fclose (tty_out); -} - -/* If MESSAGE does not contain the string "%d", make `new_media_message' - a copy of MESSAGE. If MESSAGES does contain the string "%d", make - `new_media_message_with_number' a copy of MESSAGE up to, but - not including, the string "%d", and make `new_media_message_after_number' - a copy of MESSAGE after the string "%d". */ - -void -set_new_media_message (message) - char *message; -{ - char *p; - int prev_was_percent; - - p = message; - prev_was_percent = 0; - while (*p != '\0') - { - if (*p == 'd' && prev_was_percent) - break; - prev_was_percent = (*p == '%'); - ++p; - } - if (*p == '\0') - { - new_media_message = xstrdup (message); - } - else - { - int length = p - message - 1; - - new_media_message_with_number = xmalloc (length + 1); - strncpy (new_media_message_with_number, message, length); - new_media_message_with_number[length] = '\0'; - length = strlen (p + 1); - new_media_message_after_number = xmalloc (length + 1); - strcpy (new_media_message_after_number, message); - } -} - -#ifdef SYMLINK_USES_UMASK -/* Most machines always create symlinks with rwxrwxrwx protection, - but some (HP/UX 8.07; maybe DEC's OSF on MIPS, too?) use the - umask when creating symlinks, so if your umask is 022 you end - up with rwxr-xr-x symlinks (although HP/UX seems to completely - ignore the protection). There doesn't seem to be any way to - manipulate the modes once the symlinks are created (e.g. - a hypothetical "lchmod"), so to create them with the right - modes we have to set the umask first. */ - -int -umasked_symlink (name1, name2, mode) - char *name1; - char *name2; - int mode; -{ - int old_umask; - int rc; - mode = ~(mode & 0777) & 0777; - old_umask = umask (mode); - rc = symlink (name1, name2); - umask (old_umask); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SYMLINK_USES_UMASK */ - -#ifdef __MSDOS__ -int -chown (path, owner, group) - char *path; - int owner, group; -{ - return 0; -} -#endif - -#ifdef __TURBOC__ -#include <time.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <io.h> - -int -utime (char *filename, struct utimbuf *utb) -{ - extern int errno; - struct tm *tm; - struct ftime filetime; - time_t when; - int fd; - int status; - - if (utb == 0) - when = time (0); - else - when = utb->modtime; - - fd = _open (filename, O_RDWR); - if (fd == -1) - return -1; - - tm = localtime (&when); - if (tm->tm_year < 80) - filetime.ft_year = 0; - else - filetime.ft_year = tm->tm_year - 80; - filetime.ft_month = tm->tm_mon + 1; - filetime.ft_day = tm->tm_mday; - if (tm->tm_hour < 0) - filetime.ft_hour = 0; - else - filetime.ft_hour = tm->tm_hour; - filetime.ft_min = tm->tm_min; - filetime.ft_tsec = tm->tm_sec / 2; - - status = setftime (fd, &filetime); - _close (fd); - return status; -} -#endif -#ifdef HPUX_CDF -/* When we create a cpio archive we mark CDF's by putting an extra `/' - after their component name so we can distinguish the CDF's when we - extract the archive (in case the "hidden" directory's files appear - in the archive before the directory itself). E.g., in the path - "a/b+/c", if b+ is a CDF, we will write this path as "a/b+//c" in - the archive so when we extract the archive we will know that b+ - is actually a CDF, and not an ordinary directory whose name happens - to end in `+'. We also do the same thing internally in copypass.c. */ - - -/* Take an input pathname and check it for CDF's. Insert an extra - `/' in the pathname after each "hidden" directory. If we add - any `/'s, return a malloced string (which it will reuse for - later calls so our caller doesn't have to worry about freeing - the string) instead of the original input string. */ - -char * -add_cdf_double_slashes (input_name) - char *input_name; -{ - static char *ret_name = NULL; /* re-usuable return buffer (malloc'ed) */ - static int ret_size = -1; /* size of return buffer. */ - char *p; - char *q; - int n; - struct stat dir_stat; - - /* Search for a `/' preceeded by a `+'. */ - - for (p = input_name; *p != '\0'; ++p) - { - if ( (*p == '+') && (*(p + 1) == '/') ) - break; - } - - /* If we didn't find a `/' preceeded by a `+' then there are - no CDF's in this pathname. Return the original pathname. */ - - if (*p == '\0') - return input_name; - - /* There was a `/' preceeded by a `+' in the pathname. If it is a CDF - then we will need to copy the input pathname to our return - buffer so we can insert the extra `/'s. Since we can't tell - yet whether or not it is a CDF we will just always copy the - string to the return buffer. First we have to make sure the - buffer is large enough to hold the string and any number of - extra `/'s we might add. */ - - n = 2 * (strlen (input_name) + 1); - if (n >= ret_size) - { - if (ret_size < 0) - ret_name = (char *) malloc (n); - else - ret_name = (char *)realloc (ret_name, n); - ret_size = n; - } - - /* Clear the `/' after this component, so we can stat the pathname - up to and including this component. */ - ++p; - *p = '\0'; - if ((*xstat) (input_name, &dir_stat) < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name); - return input_name; - } - - /* Now put back the `/' after this component and copy the pathname up to - and including this component and its trailing `/' to the return - buffer. */ - *p++ = '/'; - strncpy (ret_name, input_name, p - input_name); - q = ret_name + (p - input_name); - - /* If it was a CDF, add another `/'. */ - if (S_ISDIR (dir_stat.st_mode) && (dir_stat.st_mode & 04000) ) - *q++ = '/'; - - /* Go through the rest of the input pathname, copying it to the - return buffer, and adding an extra `/' after each CDF. */ - while (*p != '\0') - { - if ( (*p == '+') && (*(p + 1) == '/') ) - { - *q++ = *p++; - - *p = '\0'; - if ((*xstat) (input_name, &dir_stat) < 0) - { - error (0, errno, "%s", input_name); - return input_name; - } - *p = '/'; - - if (S_ISDIR (dir_stat.st_mode) && (dir_stat.st_mode & 04000) ) - *q++ = '/'; - } - *q++ = *p++; - } - *q = '\0'; - - return ret_name; -} - -/* Is the last parent directory (e.g., c in a/b/c/d) a CDF? If the - directory name ends in `+' and is followed by 2 `/'s instead of 1 - then it is. This is only the case for cpio archives, but we don't - have to worry about tar because tar always has the directory before - its files (or else we lose). */ - -islastparentcdf(path) - char *path; -{ - char *newpath; - char *slash; - int slash_count; - int length; /* Length of result, not including NUL. */ - - slash = rindex (path, '/'); - if (slash == 0) - return 0; - else - { - slash_count = 0; - while (slash > path && *slash == '/') - { - ++slash_count; - --slash; - } - - - if ( (*slash == '+') && (slash_count >= 2) ) - return 1; - } - return 0; -} -#endif diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/version.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/version.c deleted file mode 100644 index 38a63f2..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/version.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -/* The version number of cpio and mt. */ -char *version_string = "version 2.3\n"; diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/xmalloc.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/xmalloc.c deleted file mode 100644 index f989004..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/xmalloc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking - Copyright (C) 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -#include <stdlib.h> -#else -char *malloc (); -char *realloc (); -void free (); -#endif - -void error (); - -/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */ - -char * -xmalloc (n) - unsigned n; -{ - char *p; - - p = malloc (n); - if (p == 0) - /* Must exit with 2 for `cmp'. */ - error (2, 0, "virtual memory exhausted"); - return p; -} - -/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes, - with error checking. - If P is NULL, run xmalloc. - If N is 0, run free and return NULL. */ - -char * -xrealloc (p, n) - char *p; - unsigned n; -{ - if (p == 0) - return xmalloc (n); - if (n == 0) - { - free (p); - return 0; - } - p = realloc (p, n); - if (p == 0) - /* Must exit with 2 for `cmp'. */ - error (2, 0, "virtual memory exhausted"); - return p; -} diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/xstrdup.c b/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/xstrdup.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9588bc7..0000000 --- a/gnu/usr.bin/cpio/xstrdup.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -/* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking - Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H) -#include <string.h> -#else -#include <strings.h> -#endif -char *xmalloc (); - -/* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING. */ - -char * -xstrdup (string) - char *string; -{ - return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string); -} |
